Search results

(81 - 100 of 196)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1992
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 A...
Show more ..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 Additional Courses 52 ...................................................................... . . . . ........................ .................................................... ............... ............................................................... .............................................................. ..............................~............................. ............................................. ..... .... ..................................................... I Contents I Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Introduction I Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson, 330-1025. Interim Registration October 28 - November 1 ................................. December 2 ...................... ...............Late Interim Registration . . ..........J t Day of Interim January 6 .......................... Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00 p.m. . . . . . . January 7 ....................... ................Last Day for Cancel/Add January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends Semester Begins February 3 Interim Grades Due February 7 ............................................ ..... The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time 1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM at Augsburg with a special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with your instructor for class scheduling this day. I Introduction I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. - Students are invited tobe part of one of International In* the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This Introduction 1 proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. 1 ART 107-42040 ART 1 18-42041 ART 35542042 Instructor:Phlllp Thompson Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1 I 107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and contemporary examples of coastal landscapes. 118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south Florida environment in water or oil based media against a concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples. 355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment. Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors. The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare, lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida. The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West. DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics Maodmum Enrollment: 12 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 4 & 17 Arf I ART 290-42043 Insfructor: Steve Chapman An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n available to those interested in an American Indian Studies minor. Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc Maxfmum Enrollment:20 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 17 BIO 14042044 810 34042045 Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse, "Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing and painting courses. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme:I Room: ScIence 205 610 102-42046 Instructor EWn Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry Maxlmum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 10542047 Instructor: ThomasHehst This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/ Mlnotify General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BIO 141-42048 Instructor:Esther McLaughlln This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms: fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture, medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored. The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips, audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations. Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 11 Room: Sclence 2 13 Biology I BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy) Instructoc John Cedto Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course will be of service to the urban community by providing research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations. Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to conduct field-based research projects for community-based organizations requesting and requiring marketing research assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an outline of the expected research methodology. Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r . Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: Independent Study Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon CHM 100-42050 Instructor: Ariln Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding various topics and implications.The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format. Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116. Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2 Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I/ Room: Sclence 3 15 CSC 27@42051 Instructo~Lamy Ragland A study of the Fortran programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming I Com~uterScience In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170). Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Foss 42 ECO 1 1M2052 Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc. Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics. Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective examinations. Dlsf~ibvtlon: Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal Sclence or Uban Concerns Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Sclence 2 12 ECO 1 12-42053 Instructor:Satya Gupta An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 ECO 32342054 Instructor: Jeanne Boeh An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other countries. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 23 ECO 49542055 lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed in intadisciplinaxy manner. Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake home research essay. Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor Dlstrlb~on: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Memorlal Hall 323 EDU 353-42056 Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m This course presents an examination and comparison of s e lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project. Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of Instructor. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: I Room: Ubraty4 EDU 37G42057 Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons This course will provide future teachers with insights and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students. Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work expedence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: 1 I Room: Ubraty 4 EDE 37542058 Instructot B ~ c Drewlow e This class prepares students for the unique experiences and Education responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest speakers will be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Room: Ubrary l EDU 388-42059 Instructor:Mlldred Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to Education program In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays Room: Ubrary l Education ENG 2 1942060 Instructor: John Schmlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social u l w background. For and economical standing and our c this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or Mlnom Siudles General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Maximum Enrollment:25 Time: 11 Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 2404206 1 ENG 342-42062 Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course, students will find answers to these questions by mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for upper division credit will read an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass presentation on it. All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing and distribution of selected original fiction from class. Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 136-42063 Inslrvctor John Mttchell This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition, students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance. The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be an informed presence rather than a mere tourist. There will be one week of introductory study on campus, about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a week to complete the course requirements back on campus. Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view of what has been learned first-hand. A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech Maximum Enrollment: 10 77me: 1 Room: Sclence 205 English FRE 24342064 Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject, and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of Instructor Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure Madmum Enrollment: 25 lime: I Room: Old Main 12 HPE 11542065 Instrvctoc Richard Borstad A course req& for all students majoring in education. Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their ) French/Health and Physical Education effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's role in the school health program; and examine their own attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude: legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs; epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 232-42066 Insiructor: Carol Enke A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping, and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on attendance, participation, and a written and practical final exam. Thisis a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby ZW2 Health and Physical Education HPE 47542067 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequlslte:610 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days Room: Melby l l I HPE 478-42068 Instructoc Ed Saugestad This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations; scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook This is a onehalf credit course. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby I I I I Health and Physical Education I HIS 220-42069 HIS 320-42070 Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected to completea book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Mcudmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 13 HIS 440-4207 1 Inslructor: Don Gust&n Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century, individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to the record and image of prominent figures. In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons behind the p m t myths. Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a h a l exam. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~ or above and at least one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:11 Room: Old Maln 1 1 INS 22542072 Insfructor: Amln Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: FC 42 INS I W 2 0 7 3 Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 299-42074 sOC299-421 I I Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you connect your experiences to the liberal arts. The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts Interdisciplinary working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests, and for students actively engaged in community service. The assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately 20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of January (check with instructors if you have questions). All students will design an individual learning plan and are scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar, which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis. Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and pemlsslon of the Instructors. Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlrne: I1 Room: Murphy Place 2 MAT 173-421 12 See Addiional Courses,page 52. MAT 253-42075 Instructoc Bev Durkee Our o b j j v e s are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it meals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and exprience them as an art form via computer graphics. I Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals. F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics Maximum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 1 12 MUS 129-42076 Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn "Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or h e Instructor's pemlsslon. Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 179-42077 Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto visit and experience important cultural centers that provided theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World. Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only. Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-42078 Instructor: 0. Nlck Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the musical content, methods, and historical background of s e leded artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors. Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: MUSIC5 NOR 1 1 1-42079 Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, q&, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 17542080 Instructor: Davld Apollonl We w i l l begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my comments and criticisms.) DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy M d m u m Enrollment:30 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 12 PH141W2081 Instructor:Mark Fuehrer John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam. Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 10 PHY 10642082 instructor Noel Pelit "Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing, man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under- Philosophy/Physics standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography, pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds impact on world events. The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes: Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach, the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather, and broadcast weather. During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately $750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information. PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1 DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 723 PHY 1 17-42083 Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these problems we will first explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions between the three. Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and group work. See the complete description for more details. Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs General Education Perspective: Natural World if2 Madmum Enrollment: 40 77me: I Room: Foss21a& b PHY 151-42084 Instructor Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in physics on a more intuitivelevel. We mathematicsto +ence will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*, homework, and a hal scam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs Madmum Enrollment: 20 77me:I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 337-42085 InsIructor:StuartAnderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption, and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent), MAT 124, 125,224 Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme: I1 Room:Sclence 30 POL 29542086 lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada. In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science I is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories, poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be &an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies). Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project. Mcudmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Old Maln 2 1 POL 37 1-42087 Instrvctor: Phll Ushman This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues, including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place, protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow'' will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor union movement and employel's political action groups will be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings. Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre sentatives of industry. Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a final examination. PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In Pdmcal Sclence or Economics. Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment: 35 77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m. Room: Old Maln 16 POL 42 1-42088 Instructor: Wllllam Mods This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/ or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences and other literature paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the films and viewing equipment. Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158 Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Political Science Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:1I Room: Old Maln 2 1 PSY 10542089 Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:1I Room: Old Maln 25 PSY 32 1-42090 Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations. Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written assignments. Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 18 PSY34CM2091 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4 for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequlslte:PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Old Maln 1 1 PSY 370-42092 Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and society will be the main focus. - Psychology This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. RerequlsRes: PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 29 REL 24 1-42093 Instructor Brad HoH Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals, listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the "independent' churches have developed creatively in music, theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will Religion include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews, visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions. Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed for students seriously interested in religion who are in good health. A visa is required for Nigeria. Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria. Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requlremenls) Madmum Enrollment: 15 REL 32842094 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and "game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a final project. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requirements) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 Religion REL 34342095 Instructor Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~. PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requirements) Mdmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345-42096 Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years of history. An anthology including two monographs and the professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams and one short paper. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221 DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 16 REL 44 1-42097 INS 49542098 Insiructoc Lynne Loremen This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers on the assigned readings which include questions for class discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class participation, and a final exam. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1 DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM Mcudmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 25742099 Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of service (in a senices agency or institution which students Re/igion/Socia/ Work I select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age, socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all students. General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme: I Room: Muphy Place 1 SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM) SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course) Instrvctor Marla Brown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has Social Work reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and consequences for the family and the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence. Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above work Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work, psychology or sociology Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 339-42 101 Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless people in the field provide opportunities for participants to learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs, resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class participation, volunteer work, and a research paper. Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class. Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness General Education Perspective: The CHy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 22 Social Work SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course) SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course) Insiructor:Rosemary Unk Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: To be arranged 'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology 265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty Group Relations. SOC 26542 103 lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class presentations, and a final examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only. Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 3 15 SOC321-42104 Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations. There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments. Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Old Maln 18 SPA 1 1 1-42105 lnslructoe Anffa nsher Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Mawlmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 29 SPC 32 1-42106 Insfructor James Hayes This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain an information packet that will help them get off to a "running s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28. Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I1 Room: Foss 2 1a/21b Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n &' Thnntrn SPC 340.42107 Instructor: David Lapakko We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations? In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions. Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in everyday life. Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 43 SPC 347-42 108 Instructor: Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be S ~ e e c h .Communication. ' & Theatre I required for editing. Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor Madmum Enrollment: 15 77me: I Room: Foss 175 Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following comes can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature Chlna In Transltlon Contemporary European Buslness Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy Down-Under In New Zealand Egypt In Transltlon E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark, and England Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands The Greek Bperlence Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures Law In London Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a Post- 1 992 Europe Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct Russian Language In Moscow Sounds and Sights of Europe Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues UMAIE These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor registering are available in the Interim Office. 4- SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992) HPE 455421 14 Insfructo~Joyce Hal7 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit. Total payment is due October 31,1991. Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247). Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t. HPE 2 12-421 15 Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). AGENDA (December 29 - January 10,1992) P O L 398-421 16 This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal styles of leaders from government and politics, the media, education, and business, who address such topics as values, ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories, and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small group discussions, and workshops that help students practice leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign embassies in Washington. AND THE MEDIA (December 29 - January 10.1992) A POL 398-421 17 This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features Washington's media personalities, who are readily available Other Courses I to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public policy; and how Washington journalists view national and world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff, and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association of Black Journalists. CAMPAIGN 1992: INPURSUIT OF THE PRESIDENCY (January 12-17.1992) POL 398-42 1 18 This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign. h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith the presidential election process and its impact on American politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the Democratic and Republican National Committees and the Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar will assist participants in developing the knowledge and making connections to become involved in the presidential campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour- Other Courses aged to attend IT ' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process. These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197. The following actMnes are avallable to students during Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre ment for gradualion. HPE 002-421 19 lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25. Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-42120 lnslructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays Room: Melby Gym I Lifetime S ~ l o r t s HPE 002-42 12 1 Instructor: Bdan Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays Room: Melby Gym HPE CK)2-42122 Instructor: Carol Enke Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation with the instructor. PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor lime:Ananged Room:Ananged EDU49542113 Instructor: Ted Welcher This course will provide you with an introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of communication used by deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com- munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and reading assignments will include information pertaining to the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems, historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and cognitive functioning and interpreting issues. General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Foss Center 43 INS 2 1G42 124 Insfructor BIII Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: 1 I Room: Muslc 23 MAT 1 73-421 72 Instructor:Mathew Foss You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would I Additional Courses ' you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This course will be of interest to students in business or economics or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work. Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:25 lime:// Room: Sclence 1 12 SOC 121-42123 Instructor: Rlta Webbrod This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1) teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3) acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of sociological study. Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper focusing on the supplementary reading. DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Old Maln 13 Additional Cor rrs.es 1
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1986-1988
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1986-88 Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000 This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofp...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Catalog 1986-88 Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000 This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofpubllcatlon, It 1s subJect to change without notlce. It 1s the responslblllty of each student to know the requlrements and academlcpollcies In thlspubllcatlon. If you have questlons about anythlng In thls Catalog, consult a faculty advlser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Key ofpces are llsted at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone Inquiries. Facts & Figures about A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in 1869. Religious Affiliation - The American Lutheran Church. 59% of students are Lutheran, 14% other Protestant, 19% Roman Catholic, 8% other. Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, National League for Nursing. Member - Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Enrollment (1985-86) - 1,802 from 22 states and 24 nations. Graduates - from 1870 through May 26,1985 - 9,231. Student/Faculty Ratio - 15.9 to 1.Class size averages 20-30. Campus - 14 major buildings. Major renovation 1979-80with special emphasis on accessibility. 9 major buildings are connected by a skyway/tunnel/enclosed walkway system. Library - Over 145,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000 through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. School Year - September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June. Mqjors - More than 40 in 20 de- partments. Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program. Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA),Division 111. Policy -Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Financial Aid - Approximately 85% of the students receive some form of financial aid from the college and many other sources. Contents Facts & Figures ............................ 11 Introducing Augsburg ......................2 Admissions ....................11 College Costs, Financial Policies, & Financial Aid ............16 Student Life ................... 30 Academic Information .................38 Departments & Programs .................59 College Information: ..............................160 DCUS Board ........................162 Administration ...................162 Faculty Emeriti ...................164 Teaching Faculty ................ 165 Academic Calendar .........................173 Communications Directory .........................177 Index...................................1 7 8 lnfonnatlon Request Card ..................1 9 1 Regents Augsburg College Education in a Real World S tudents commonly speak of graduating from college as a way of getting into "the real world." In fact, Augsburg College provides students with an education in a real world. The diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of the curriculum, and the academic environment mirror the complexity of life in contemporary society. The college's location in and involvement with a metropolitan setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career experiences, and social realities that enrich students' educations. Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes that the reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history from which they come. The real world was not made this moming, and it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our world a s it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similarly, Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage as a college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the creation of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual beings. T h e C o l l e g e Mission Statement These qualities of an Augsburg education flow from its mission statement which declares that the college exists to provide high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church and by the context of a great metropolitan center. Augsburg's location in the heart of the city represents the loom on which the multi-colored fabric of its identity has been woven. While students are prepared to take a place in and make a contribution to the world in which they live, they are educated to be critical of the quality of life in their society and to be reflective of their own values as they respond to it. ". ..based in the liberal arts " The academic program emphasizes the continuing validity of the liberal arts a s a foundation for developing the life of the mind. Augsburg College's faculty are dedicated to challenging their students to achieve the highest academic standards while supporting them in that endeavor with excellent teaching and individual attention. Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical thinking and communication and to gain sensitivity to and appreciation for their own and other cultures. Each student is encouraged to contemplate the eternal philosophical and spiritual questions of human life and of personal values and ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers, writers, and artists of the past and present are studied and valued. Augsburg College considers an understanding of the content and method of science, a recognition of the place of technology, and an understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as important elements of a complete education. This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts education reflects a firm belief that human beings are more than their ability to perform a job. It reflects further a concerted attempt to direct students toward a full development of the many facets and capacities of the educated person. ". .. .. shaped. by the context o f a great metropolitan center" Yet, bounded as it is by an interstate freeway and the center of a vital city, Augsburg College is no ivory tower escape from the real world. The college community continually interacts with the city by attending cultural events and civic activities and by inviting city residents and visitors to the campus as lecturers, performers, and mentors. The city becomes a laboratory for experiential learning through internships, professional program field experiences, and cooperative education placements. ". ..and shaped by faith and values." This involvement with the real world is a reflection of Augsburg's spiritual heritage which values all that God has created. While its tradition supports intellectual freedom in the search for truth, the college affirms its belief that all students should reflect upon their ethical and spiritual values a s part of becoming educated. Students are encouraged through religion courses and through opportunities on campus for the practice and examination of spirituality to consider their relationship to others, to society, and to the world. Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of these relationships is contained in the motto: "Mucation for Service." In these words the college expresses a belief that, whatever career they pursue, graduates should consider the duty of citizens to contribute to the common good through service to others. \N ithin the larger community of the city and the world, Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse talents: of varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds: and of complementary interests and orientations. Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff, Augsburg College builds with its students a real world in which the whole person can be educated and developed. Augsburg College History A College o f the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530.Augsburg opened in September 1869,in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in 1879. Early Leaders Establish a Direction August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants: and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: first - train ministerial candidates, second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rqjected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity.This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The F o c u s C h a n g e s This attitude began to change alter World War I. In 1911Georg Sverdrup Jr. became President. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the college as a teacher and administrator. The college's mission assumed a double character ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (1938-1962).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the college was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. - Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective mqjors. With cumculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The college reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the college's mission now as serving the good society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963. A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city, He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the college became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Psychology Building. Since 1980Augsburg has been led by Charles S. Anderson. He has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a liberal arts education, emphasizing diversity in enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom and an academic program that draws on the resources of the city a s extensions of the campus and classroom. Serving the Non-traditional Student Augsburg's American Indian Program is recognized as successful. The program has had the highest retention rate of Indian students in Minnesota -some 85 percent. The Black Student Affairs Program, initiated in 1969,has had a growing number of students and supports a Black Student Union and a newspaper distributed by the office. The campus is accessible to the physically handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting nine major buildings. In only its second year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence. Weekend College, started in 1982with 69students, had an enrollment of nearly 500 in fall 1985.Through Weekend College, adult students can work fulltime and pursue a bachelor's degree that has a practical focus on a liberal arts base. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They're complemented by the new Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that sends Augsburg students into the workplace. The Co-op Education Program helps students get career experience in addition to their classroom studies. Augsburg Today Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church: education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens: the city with all its excitement, challenges and diversity, is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,000Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the college, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport include American, Continental, Delta, Eastern, Frontier, Midway, Northwest Orient, Ozark, People's Express, Piedmont, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the Communications Directory (p. 177)or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). W e are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. ~ e a i s t r a t b ndoes notmean that credits earned at the institution can be transfemed to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Omce, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staffand reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library. (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, h a s 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gills to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students, Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, h a s spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Center for Global Service and Education, located a t 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Music Hall, (1978)newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Hall. (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena. (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage IITheater. formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage a s a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retains space in the Little Theater building. South Hall. Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Admissions A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community -the college community, and the larger community. Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call any weekday from 8:00 a.m. to 430 p.m. -Admissions Office(612)330-1001. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for any day including Saturdays. Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis (please call first). Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. Application Procedures forApplication Freshmen for Admission 1. Applicants should complete the application for admission and essay, and retum them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application tile is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 6. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Decision for Freshmen Augsburg offers an Early Decision Program for students who select Augsburg a s a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must apply by November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1.This application is available in the Admissions Office. Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-timework toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where It: considers the work unsatisFactory, to grant provisional credit for worlt taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, a s well a s admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Tor example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in NursEna must have a 2.5 QFA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office from the college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level work must have an omcial transcript from their high school sent directly to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 5. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Re-Admission of Former Students Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. Admission as a Special Student (Ron-Degree) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from the Admissions Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the procedures for applying a s an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for Fall, November 1for Spring. To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 U.S.A. College Costs, Financial Policies and Financial Aid A 11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The college raises that difference in gifts - from alumni, faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, and endowment income. However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended t o supplement those resources. College Costs 1986-87 The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1986-87 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes a s required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition, Fees, K e n t and B o a r d Tuition (full-timeenrollment) ..................................... $6.780.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1986. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to most college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-timeenrollment) per course 540.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course 270.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone) 1.400.00 1,300.00 Full Board (19meals a week) Other board plans are available a s defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,260.00:the point plan is 51,020.00. ...................... ................. .................................. ........................................ Other Special F e e s (not refundable) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students . ..........$ 5.00 only) .................... Late Registration (per day after classes begin) .................... $ 10.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (Cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) .......................$ 5.00 introduction to Cinema $ 35.00 Arts ................................. Life Drawing (See Interim Catalog for fee) Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) ..............$270.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ...................... fi75.00 Class, per semester ..-........$ 50.00 Radio-Television Production ..................... $ .,. 10.00 Theater Technical Production .........................$ 35.00 Student Teaching (per course) ...................... $ 15.00 Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ..........$125.00 Student Government Fee ......$ 60.00 Fees Payable by CheckICash Application (new and/or special students) ...............$ Nursing Credit Validation Tests ,...,..... ..........$ Locker Rental (commuters) $ Student Parking Lot Permit - car .....................$ - motorcyle ..........$ .............. 15.00 75.00 5.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ..............$ 2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) 40.00 20.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $250 - 300 per year. Deposits Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) ........................... 9100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage 100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit a s a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. ........................................................... Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Optiona - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 a s billed; 42) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan upon appllcalion and after College approval, a three-month plan Is availabke each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letler. (4) 10-month Payment Plan upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 1 0 equal installments beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. - A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of l0/o per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student Loans-NDSL and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules. Refunds Students fill out withdrawal from College forms available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released Porn a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100Â°/~- through the first five days of classes (less $100.00 administrativefee). 90% - from the sixth through 10th day of classes. 80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes. 70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes. 60% - from the 21st through 25th day of classes. 50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term. No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financial Aid Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1984-85 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $6,200,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the Amerlcan ~ o l l & eTesting Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Porn (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS) helps determine the amount or assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors a s current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. How and W h e n to Apply New Students -Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for ad- mission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1 but before March 15for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If a t that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg a s their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decision Candidates applying fur financial aid may wish to complete the Early Decision PinancIal Aid Appljcatlon, available by writing or ca lllng t h e Admissions OWce. This enables our Financial Aid Office to colnpute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any nec- essary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after January 1. Returning Stadenha Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. K i n d s of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in gen- eral rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance For Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance - Pull tuition 'Presidents Scholarships are awarded an~iuallylo LIIP rnosl academirally quatliied full-tinie freshmen students. Toese scholarships are awarded without regard to wed. Becatue this Is a unified program, Full tuiLicln Is assured, slnse lhe College guarantees the diFf~renccbetwecn non-Augsburg grants and schofarships (surti as slate sct~olarships,Pell grants. erc,) anti lull tuition, The award Is renewable Tor Ihrce years hastd oon academic perrorrnance at Augsburg. Special application is due January 15. Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and halr tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded each fall to (lie n~ostacademically qualified full-lime students who are direct transfers to Augsburg Coltcge rollowing completion ol an A.A. or A.5, degrce. having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between nonAugsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due March 15. Presidents Scholarships Paired Resources In Ministry and Education (PRIME)Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. Announcement from the congregation must be made by October 1. Aupburg TuiHoa Grants - nvallahlt: to sludents who have shmvn academlc potentral and liavc financial need. A yl.aiil may pay up to full tuition and fees, A studenl's acadetnk pprkorrnanre, f l nanclal need, and high school and community involvcnient arc laken intn consideration, Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1986-87, they range from $100 to $4115. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. SwpplernentatMucattlonal Opporhrnity Grants - R federal progranl administered by the College. To bc eligible, n person must: (I)be a U.S. citi7cn or perinanent residenl; (2) llave suiflclent financial need as defirlrd by the program and demonstrated by Ihc FFS (or FAT): (3)be ci~pablcot mainlaining satisra'actoyacademic standlng at Ltbe College: and (41 be accepted h r adrriission. Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1986-87 is $2100 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is made by tiling the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program. lmeau of Indian R f f a i ~ / T d h and l State Indian Scholarships - Americ.an Indian studcnts who meet federal and state requirenlenls may apply for Bureau of Indiati Asfairs, Tribal and/or Stalp Indian Srholanhtp monies. Studcnts musl be lJ4 degree India11ancestry and be ~rirolledwilh a l e d ~ r a lrecognized l~ Irlhc. Irldlarl grants sup~lementall nlher sources of fl~tancialaid, For assistance in a ~ ~ l i c a t i ocontact n ~1;gsbur~'s Amerlcan Indian Program Dirtlchr or your Lrlhal agen'iy. Loan Assistance National Direct Shldent b a n s (RDSL) - Jolnt Augburg Colleg-federally funded program adminisle.r~dthrough llie College for students who demonstrate financial eligiblllty. Loans are. Inhrcst free durtngyour educalion. Nn inter~staccrues nor do payrnents have to be made on Lheprincipal at any lime you areenrolled at least halftin^^., Simple interrst of 5% and repaymcnl ob the priricipal (a1 the mlnlmum of$30 a month) hegln six months after you leavc school. liepayment may extend up to 10 years. Tl~eloan carria a Icacher canr.ellatlon clause, The maximum which may be barrowctt for undergraduate: study is $6,000, Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no inLerEst c h a t g . Reglnningwlth loans For school periods starting Septemkr 7 3. 1983 and alter, simple annual interpsl eT II% on the loan balance anrl repayment oT the principal brgin six lnonlhs after you leavc sclionl. Repayment may cxtend up to 10 years. The rnaxirnurn loan Es $2500 per year with the cumnlative undergraduaie nraxlmum of$I 2,500. Applications are available at the college. some banb, and the Mintlesota State SLudenl Loan ClfKce. Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n e d and be rtgistered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. - Parent Laan Program (PLUS) P1,US Is a loall program to help parents meet cotlege costs ol lhei~dc.pendcn1 children. Parents may bormw up to $3,000 per srudenl ol$15,000.Repayment begins withill 60 days llrr year with an aggregate ma~i~ntrm oi check dishursettic~itat a simple [nterest rate of 1 2 8 and a niinirnum payment of $50 per rnonlh. Applicatlorr ronns are avallahle a l Augshurg Colleqe or the tending fnsll~rrtlons.Applirljlinns are normally filed wilh thc hank or Lhrirt institution wlltl which your family has an account. Student Employment A i ~ g s b u r gCoflege provides work appoflt~nltieslor students with proveil finallcia! need who are at least one-hall time students. Assign. ment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in perfomfng the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, arld granls. A maxiniurn of 15 hours of on-campusemployment per week is recom- mended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College WorR Study Program and minnesota State Work Study Program - Under tlle~eprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching bask with Lhe College ta providt! some part-time work opportunities. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship wlnners are selected by the Sttrdent Affairs Committee of t h e Faculty unless otherwise s ~ e c l f i e d .For deuartmenla! scllolarships, winr~ersa;e recommended b y facut ty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are From statemen& or the donors' wlshes, *Indicatesendowed scholarships General Scholarships Clrarles and Lllura nlliss ~XlricationalFoundation Scholarships - A number of awards of vdryln!t d ~ t i o t ~[~nirtltii~tni ~~ls S500) are made each year on the basis of tlnancial need and ability. Established in 1973 by the foundation. Bremer Foundation Scholarships - Awarded annually to students from towns and cities where Bremer banks are located. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two deservingjunior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias 6 . Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education, Established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. Special Scholarships Aid Associalton Tor Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass students who arthccrtlbcale (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Es- Lnhlislicrtl in 1968. The Crown Prince Haraid Scholarship - Pstabllsh~dby authorization of the Augsburg ColIcqe Roar'rl of IIegentr in 1965 on the t ~ c ; l s i onf~ llrc ~ visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scllolarship prnvlde~hrll tuition for a Ireshnia~istudcrit from Norway. The winner is selected from rnrnpctitiort l~uldIrr Norway by t ' n ~Mnrgv-Amerika Foreningen. Grace Jewel Jensen Buster R~rnorialScholarship* - One or more scholarships are swartIrtl anri~rallylo sopliotnore,junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding acadmmir rvcords a i ~ darc preparing Irl work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983 by family allrl irlenda to lior~orLlir ~rfetnoryof Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded d~lntla[lyto able and de- FrrYlllg sL~id~ril(s) whn \lave physical disabilities and Isve d~~iionstlated financial need. EstabHsh~dIn 1972 by hcr huha~td,Iloyd Cleveland. In linnor tlw niernory uC Mrs. Cleveland, Augstl leader anrl rlt:vnted wlle. burg ah~rnna,~ o ~ a e c r a l cClirist~au Davld J. Fanno Aemorial Scholarship*-0nr or niarr schnlarships are awarded annually to i t I1a5 sucressrk~llyovrrcorllt: adversily and achieved excellence in a junlor nr qellior s t l ~ d r ~who at.adcrnlr and rxtrartrrriculdr pcirformancc. Estahlishcd in 1979 by members of his family t o Diivid .J. Tormn, ID64 alumnrrr. honnr the memory a i Colnnia~~drr Grace Anne JohnlFon Memorial Scholarsltip' - Onr nr mare scholarships are awarded annt~dllytn upperrlass Internatlor~alsludcnl? wlro havr overcntrlc adversity and achieved excell ~ n cIn t acadernlc and PXlrilCuIr i i u k r perrormanrt:. Btabllshrd i n 1981 by her parents, Dr. and Ars, I:ini~rJuhflsori, and other idrnily nienlbcrs and friprtds in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) 197 1-1973. Johnroll, a sludenl a l Auqs~~irg Catha .Ion- nemorial Scholarship' -Awarded alin~lallyto ripprrclass women of high moral charart~r,wllh prriewnrc (liven In female nr wale 5ttld~ntstranslcrdntl from Waldorf Colleqe Who (ire In n~~rslc andfnr e l r n i r n t a edutntion. ~~ Establishrd ill 1g75 111 memory of Catha on&, 1970 alumna, by her parerits. Mr. and Mrs. Kenn~tIiJnnrs, ntlirr IiItnlly and friends, and the A~~gshurg CnTIrgr Srnior Clrallt'nge Prograni. Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - Awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The scholarship is renewable. The Rev. Horace E. Plyhus memorfal Scholarshfp. -Awardrd annually to a senior student(s) who lias st~rcessf~rllv nverromr ndvcrslly ant1 11.~5arhteverl exrrllence in academic and extrarurilcular perfor~rinricr.E ~ t a l ~ l i s tIn i ~ d1977 l o honnr lhr rlirtnorv of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 gmrliratr: nf Augshurg Ser~ilnarywl~oovrrramt: Lhr nrlvrrsily or early years to earn his own edtic;lllnn alrd whn served his lcllow nien wllh ht~n~anity and dsdnm. Minority Student ScholarshipsJawants The Hearst Arncrica~tltrdlan Scholarshio' - O ~ ior r rllnt c sctnlarshios srre awarded annuallv to an Ameslc iltl 11irIld11ul)prtrlillr~5llldC11I(~)WIIQ lias a ~ u ~ ~ i u l a tgrade i v e point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburq Collrg. fsli!blished In 1984 hy I l i e nears[ Fout~datlnn, Homecoming Auction Schol~rshlps-Awarcltrd annually to two students, one of whom must be a minority student, who 11avedeu~onstraleclability to facilitatediscussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty, staff and students. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her service to students. National Scholarship &Grant Program for Minority dtudenb (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - Mernb~lsof American racial arid cthnic minorities who are either seeking admission to an America11 I.r~lheranCllklrcl~(ALL) rollegc OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College, and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgas Scholarship* - Available to both North American and international s t ~ r l p n Ll o~CIIcnurage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards are based on dcri~nnslratrdircadrmic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev, and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen BtrmtvedllSernorialScholarship*- Awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class whr~is prrpali~iqInr Ilir mInLslry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor Lllc rrlrnlnry nl Ilr. T , 0,Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of Henning and ~ellstineDahlberg. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian sewice. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson. The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstrate potential and tinancial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Gerda mottensen Memodal Scholarship* -One or more scholarships are awarded annually on L 1 1 ~bil!,is of srl~olarslrlp,sewicc. and dcvotlo~ito the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by tlir Ii~rnilyanrl h u g h u r g Collqf: in nlmlnrj or aerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministly. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. Johah H. 0. ROdvik Memorial Scholarship* - Onr or more scholarships are awarded an~rq preparing for a proierslorial career in Christlan service. Established rtilally lo h u g s t ~ ~studrnts ill 1976 t)y Mr. nnrl Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in mvriiory nl Jotiatt J. 0.Hodvik and his deep personal ~lrtl[cntIonLo liis ralling as a minister as well as his scholarly research and pioneer Lhought r o n c r r n l n ~the Apostle Paul's traditionally mlsilntlerstnod atlitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women. The Rev. Olaf R o g e Memorial &holarshlp* - Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian scrvlce. Ectahllshed 111 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952. The Rev. lawrenre and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - Ont: or Inore scholnrshlps are to a Ji~nioror senlor prrparing b r a full-time vocation in the churcll. Eshbawarded a~~nually lished in 1980 by thclr chlldrrn, la~itiliesand hipr~dsLO l~unorLlre lifelonu dt:votlon that Lhc Rcu, and Mrs. lawre11ceSateren gav? to the cliurch, hugshurg Coll~ye,anrl Augsht~rgSelninaryover a period a160 years, Marguerite Hamilton StorIey memorial Scholarship -nwarded allnually to an able and des ~ r v i n g/ ~ l n i o ~ , k ~ ~slutlenl i I o r r~colnmendedby l l srhnlarship ~ committee. Semi-finalists are inlerv&d and sclcct~,dby thc dorlar, the flei. Catvili f. Storley. btablirhed in 1965 to honor the menlory o l Marqucr~lcljamlllon Slorley and licr intetest and cotice~nin the mission work of the Christian church. Morris G. C. d ilanna Vaageneu Misslanary Stholarship Fund* - Awiilded annually Lo a junior/senior student prepdrlng lor servlcc ac a missionary through the World FTlssion Dcparlment of The American Lulhtran Chorch, Lslabllshecl i l l 1969 by the RPV- and Mrs. Morri? 0.C. Vaagenes. Departmental Scholarships Art The Crown W n c w Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 197n ta honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented arl student will1 flnnncial need. Augaet molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to uppcrclass studc~itsmajoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg COI~P~P, Athletic The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) particilmling iri Llh: Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is below 3.2. Estahtisherl in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young hockey player. Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his parents, the Rev, and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Aemorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the bash ol'personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by the tkv. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College studrnh. David Granner memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to h a or more students, particpaling in athletics or masic, who have demonstrated llnanrlal nced and/or high Christian character. The allllplicschotarship is for a mate rarlrliddlc only, w l l l ~a prefcrentr in basketball. Esand Mrs. Ethel tabliskrl In 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and cllildren I{irhard, Caml, and Rt~l, Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S, Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980 by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler, Magnus and Kristofa Meven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents. Biology Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business AdmlnletmtIon/EcenomEcs A~~gshusg Brrsiness Rlitmni Scholarship Fi~nd*- Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or wrrinr 4 1 1 ~ hIIIP t~ldjnri~l!]ilk ally of Hw dress encompassed within the Department of Business Arltiiini5lration and C.< .ruioniics and b a w l on acad~micrxccllence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students interested in the field o f business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration, Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Chemishy Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968 by family, Friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald Aldre Carl Fosse Frederick C. and Laura E. Nortensen Dr. W. N. Sandstrom Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Minnesota Mining and ManufacturingChemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or professional school goals. Established in 1984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry, His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education David Mathre Scholarship* - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financia.1 assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship* - Awarded annually to jtlniorlstnior students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to t ~ a c hEngllsh as a career. Established in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 ycars nl service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarshipb- Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Nimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-MedicineAward - Given annually to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. - Eleanor Christensen Cdwards lkmorlal Scholarshipr Awarded annually to upperclass student(s) prrparing for a ratter in riirdirlne nr health. Established in 1978 in memory of Eleanor Christrr~senUwards' devotion and s~.rvjccin lieaitli care by members of her family, Bernhard Chrlsl~nscn.I;isic Christe~isenSchrocder, .le%l~ Cliristensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Rtzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock. The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0. J, Haukeness. H, R, aendrichdn lllsbry Scholarship* --Awarded annually to students majoring in history with prclrrencc given to llrose who plau a c a m In lhp field, blahlfshed in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl II.Chrlslork and aegnrentcd Ily otlier conLributlo~~s Lo iinnnr Ihe memory of H. N, Hendrickson, pmkssol uf llistory a1 Aussburg College, 1400- 1952, Library Science Library Student Assistant Scholarship - Established in 1984 by library staff to honor junior or senior students who have given outstanding performance as a library student assistant. Mathematics Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and desenring student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department. Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-UrbanStudies Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy ChristensenBenson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas 1. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Prwhrnan Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence niarkrrf ablllty In their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major nicldium during ihe Rmt two semesters of performance studies. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus. 0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, interest or potential in conducting, and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I, Hertsgaard. Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* - Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. Edwin W. and Edith 8, Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships arc awardrrl annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. btablish~din 1980 by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and ro~iducllngoF piano, organ and choral music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field o f music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs, lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53. String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra. John & Vera Thut Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in 1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg. Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students oursuina careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 bv Professors Norma Noonan and ~ j l e s~teishoel. Scandinavian Studies lver and myrtle Olson Scholarship'- Awarded antlually to an upperclassstudent@)with acadeniic ah~lltv.in lllc ~ ~ u t s uoti la rtpqwe. wit11 concentration in Scandinavian lanquaqes, literar and their familks and friends tulme,h l s l o i ac~rl/orcult~r~~e. ~ t a b l l ! h d In 1903 by l l ~ e lchildren to honor lver and Myrtlv Olson oa the occaslot~ol their golden wedding anniversary. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* -Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35. E xperiences in the classroom are an important part of collene life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the college and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Campus Ministry a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, a s well as As academicand social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. A s a college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an ofice in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation, support or information. Student Government Through student government students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible - program planning, writing, editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the Student Body in their offices in the College Center. Social, Cultural, Recreational Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well a s in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburglan, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, a student-operated non-profitradio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in the Mortensen Tower. Fine Arts Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the theatre arts department. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track & field, and softball. Intramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests is served by groups and clubs and by events spon- sored by the student government. If you need information or wish t o initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services ~ u ~ i b college u r ~ doncerned with educating the whole person and - is recognizes t h a t t h e environment for learning is a critical factor in achieving growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs supports this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or a t the time of transfer, you will receive a copy ofAugsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act a s a sort of road map. Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o help make yourjourney rich and meaningful. Some of the opportunities are listed below. Summer Orientation. Students can plan their first academic year and pre-register for classes. Students and their parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. They stay in the dormitory, attend events in the met: ropolitan area and seek answers to many questions about college life. Career Planning and Placement. Students may be uncertain about where they want to be whenthey finish their undergraduate experience, whether their life style will be a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help with a personal assessment, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office, Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporaty, and summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match students and jobs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" is offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships),Choosing a Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. Students may want to improve their skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. Students also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose needs. If a particular course proves difficult, students can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning Disabilities Program. A Learning Disabilities Specialist and trained peer counselors are available to LD students needing coursework assistance, as provided for by Section 504. Direct services and advocacy are provided in such areas as diagnostic assessment, admissions assistance, orientation and registration assistance, basic skills remediation, orientation to the College, and tutoring. A Learning Laboratoty, word processors, study guides, taped textbooks, and a peer support group are also available to students accepted into the LD Program. A separate brochure detailing services and fees is available through the Center for Student Development. Intercultural Center As a College in t h e city, committed t o t h e values and insights ofcultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy a n d counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty a n d community. At t h e present time t h e s e efforts concentrate in two major areas: American Indian Support Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program provides advocacy in areas of health, child care, housing, and employment opportunities, with input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison with the Intertribal Student Union. Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides career and personal counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If students are interested in study abroad, they can consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. International Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the International Student Adviser helps to orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program, or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club. Health Service The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check family health coverage to determine if they are included: if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons,situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food serv- ice facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangleand Murphy Square.The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Living on Campus Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns with individual students. Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive a t Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in U r n e s s Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. W e s t H a l l contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upper- class students. A n n e x H o u s i n g provides an alternative opportunity for group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such t o ~ i c sa s Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, 'international Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Riahts The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsiY bilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the P!acement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator a s listed in the Communication Directory at the end of the catalog. Academic Information ',, 1 I . . . ' i!! A ugsburg College constructs its cumculum upon the premise that students must be educated as full human persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well a s the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over forty mqjor areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of cumcular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. General Information D e g r e e s Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 1 4 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad, Independent or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options. Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College). t. -+ - 4 II i' Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in research, including such varied studies a s space physics, the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries, and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty s e e their research a s supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act a s academic advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act a s both mentors and models for students. Computer R e s o u r c e s Approximately 50 microcomputers, including Apple Ile's, IBM XT's, laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are arranged in networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational needs. Students and faculty members needing even more computing power also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library as- sistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over 160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. Access to over 1,000,000volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/ video tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment such a s movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. Academic Organization and programs Divisions and Departments The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Raymond Anderson (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts - Earl Alton (Chairperson) Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan (Chairperson) Natural Science and Mathematics Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies -Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work M q j o r s and M i n o r s Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major, Mqjors available at Augsburg are: Applied Economics Art History Biology ~ u s i n e s Administration s (Accountina, Finance. International Business, -Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing) Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies1 Economics Economics-Business Administration EngineeringZ English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Kindergarten-Elementary Education Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) . . Music Therapy (B.S.) Nursing (B.S.) Occupational Therapys Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Minors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History International Business Management Information Systems Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts It 1s posslble for students to complete other maJors through the Associated Colleges of the Twln Cltles (ACTC). Students who wlsh to complete a maJor oflered a t one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofpce. 1 - Cooperatlue Program of the Associated Colleges ofthe 7Luln Cities and agree- ments with the Unluerslty of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beglnning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Dual degree programs with the University ofMinnesota Institute of Technology, Washington Unluerslty School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Mlchlgan Technological Unluerslty. 3 - Dual degree program with Washington Unluerslty School ofMedlclne. Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs a r e offered a t Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education a n d t h e following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry o r Physics), Science (Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, a n d in t h e special areas ofArt (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Orchestra (K-12) a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Vocal a n d Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), a n d Physical Education (K-12). Students planning t o teach o n t h e secondary level have advisers both in t h e Education Department a n d t h e area of their academic major(s). Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills a n d knowledge h a v e b e e n established a t Augsburg t o increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth: Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstancesthan a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or exceed criteria used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women, lnterested students should contact the program chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs S t u d e n t s who plan t o enter t h e fields of law, medicine, occupational therapy, dentistry, t h e ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, o r engineering c a n profit from a liberal a r t s education a t Augsburg. It i s r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t r e q u i r e m e n t s for a d m i s s i o n to g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r seminaries be reviewed a n d t h e course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in e a c h field t o assist s t u d e n t s in their planning. S t u d e n t s w h o want t o plan a pre-professional program should contact t h e Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year t o arrange for help from t h e appropriate faculty a d viser. Pre-Dentistry- These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2~ourses;810 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,352; MAT 124; ~ ~ ~ 1 0 5 . Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law studentshould major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments have majors specially designed for pre-medical students. Both require CAM 115,116 (or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125: and PW 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires 810 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups (351,353, 361), 1355,473, 47Y), (440, 471,476), with 353 and 355 especially recnmmenrlccl Tor rnedical school. Designed lo mcet the University TMinnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage coursr.s in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-OccupationalTherapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy Program include ENG 111,BlO 111,112 and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or 115: PW 103; PSY 105.351.362: SOC 121.336. SOC 362 or MAT 373. Pre-Pharmacy- Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the Colleae of Pharmacv at the Universitv of Minnesota: BIO 111.112: CHM 115. 116, 351, 352; ECO 1 2 2 : " 1~11 ~ and ~ a iecond course; MAT 124, 125: PHY 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requ~rements.Requirements at other universities may vary. -~ -~ - - - ~ ~ 0 - - ~ 7 Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course: CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; 810 111,112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in t h e Twin Cities a r e a o n several programs. Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000volumes, Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education, and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of ~iniesotaunderan ag;eement between Augsburg, the ~ i i v e r s i of t~ Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience a r e available to Augsburg students. S o m e of t h e m a r e briefly described below. For application procedures a n d further information, s e e t h e Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit o n t h e number of students who may study a b r o a d e a c h year it i s wise t o apply in t h e fall prior t o t h e year o n e wishes t o participate in a n international program. T h e d e a d l i n e i s March 1of t h e preceding year. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) - Augsburg students join students from other colleges and universities in five different full semester programs in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community, HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field trips. Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris (American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month li~ing~learning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation, Includes intensive Spanish instruction,group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Center for Global Service and Education. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway: Schiller College in London and Heidelberg: the University of York, England: the University of Dundee, Scotland: the University of Seville, Spain: and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program a t Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified students to pursue a n enriched and distinctive course of study. The major components of the Program include a limited sequence of honors during the freshman and sophomore year, special extra-curricular seminars, a program of cultural events each semester, and a senior capstone interim. The Program challenges our finest students to distinguish themselves. Students are ordinarily recruited a s freshmen, but may enter later by petition. Please send inquiries to Dr. Diane Pike, Director of Honors. Cooperative Education, Internships and the Liberal Arts Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is a n effective form of career preparation. Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience. This on-the-job experience a d d s breadth and depth t o the liberal arts curriculum and helps students make more informed career decisions. Augsburg's liberal arts education is enhanced by the college's metropolitan location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities. Co-op Ed and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the resulting partnerships among employers, educators and students. Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential education for many years. Both Co-op Education and lnternships are voluntary and available throughout the cuniculum. Each academic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program and the amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates the Internship Program with assistance from Career Services. Co-op Education and lnternships are separate and distinct from programs which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/ or student teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in Co-op Education and lnternships prior to and following these required assignments. Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199. Registration for internships consists of the followingsteps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate Academic Dean's oflice) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience. The grading system, activities, and appropriate level must be agreed upon. The completed learning agreement is returned to the Associate Dean's oftlce. An internship card (with the description/location) signed by the faculty member and Associate Dean must be turned in to the Registrar's Office at registration time. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to cany out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses are numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to offer '12 course credit under 498. The Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts department uses 495 for independent study in Communication.) Many departments also offer an opportunity for directed study on a lower division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed upon, lndependent and directed study course numbers are used only for study different in content from courses already listed in this catalog. An agreed title must be reported on the appropriate form to the Registrar's OWce at registration time. The faculty member giving the grade must sign the form. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until an actual study has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached. Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. Augsburg Weekend College Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses a s the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations in accounting, finance, management, management information systems, and marketing), Communication (concentrations in human relations, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and noncredit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Center for Global Service & Education The Center for Global Service and Education was founded at Augsburg in 1982with a commitment to education which both expands our world view and deepens our understanding of issues related to global peace and justice. Students can participate in a number of forums, seminars and conferences that focus on global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, The Program in Global Community, and occasional interims allow more in depth exposure to these topics. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Col- leges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Ofice for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: - Office of the Registrar Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms Interim Office - Memorial 230,for Interim Summer School Office - Memorial 230,for Summer School Weekend College Office - Memorial 329,for Fall, Winter and Spring trimesters of Weekend College. Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective a s of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Ofice of the Dean of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office. A Leave ofAbsence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a Leave ofAbsence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner a s the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors. 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors - 1 7 (MusicEducation) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing)degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing: 1in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a mqjor. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. Grade Point average 2.0 for most mqjors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. - 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication & Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology-Sociology Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music . A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages - Two courses (111and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion - Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's Office. Lifetime Sports - Two different lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two different lifetime sports. English as a Second Language (ESL)Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (8090 range for exemption) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of English a s a Second Language an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade eamed in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 2171218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by testing out or by completing the course, will be exempted from the foreign language requirement for graduation. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 1 4 traditionally graded courses be eamed at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system or only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01 N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded PlO.0. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 2.6 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade ofX is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year).An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1 X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be necessary. A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript a s having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (QPA)is based on final grades For all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work tmnsferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/M grading optlon are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the fall and interim terms. Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors - 1 6 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores 0f3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program) Augsburg College recognizes that learnlng car1 and does tatre place in many 1lfe sltuations. Some of lhls learning may b e appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provldes a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College tm-4 Examination Program (CLEP) is a serks or slaridardized tests which have been developed hy The College Board arrd are offered lo students for a small Tee at reglorial testing t.enters. (The reglonal testlng center for this area Is the Unliiererslty or Minnesota,) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credlt Tor that suh,ject at Augshutg Col3ege. AddlUonal Information ahout CLEF L e t s Is available from lhe Orflc~of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question. B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a passjno credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria: A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student, Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourthof a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credil that is obtained through previous experiential learning, In camplling the nlne courses or credit for prevlous experiential leaming, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEF exams, departmental exams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. Probation and Dismissal Students will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if their achievement is unsatisfactory. Students who have been on probation two or more consecutive semesters are subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. Those on probation for two terms who withdraw from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Students having taken 3 or more Augsburg courses will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. They will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation a s freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7.Students placed on probation a s sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8to 4.0cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6up to but not including 3.8cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3up to but not including 3.6cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Setaiice Augsburg is approved by t h e State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consul1 with the Office of the Registrar about cornpl@Lionor Lhe enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three courses per term, the minimum for classification a s full-timestudents. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Ofice of the Registrar, a s it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what they had been certified for. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. and IFYogams Course Descriptions Maior & Minor Requirements A s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates with a belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct mqjors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter covered in individual courses to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, and requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its place in the college's program. A listing of requirements for individual mqjors follows the narrative. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs. Credits A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified a s upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of ,a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Art Department (ART) Art is important as a field of study for our modern age. Our survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines.Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science. A liberal arts college, such as Augsburg College, is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and museum work. The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills with a breadth of understanding. Art Faculty: Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Dorothy Williamson. Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2dimensional art (118,223,360)and one in 3-dimensional art (150, 221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with portfolio on approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 7 studio disciplines among Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development and/or special projects such a s senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 EnvironmentalAesthetics Fine arts in the urban and warld setting, Concern far t h e visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciaLion and criticism. lndivirlrlal and group projects explnring design prohlcrns In rcpresenta(Ion, symbalism and ahstlaction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such a s color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100,300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used a s a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the casting ofjewelry in pewter and silver. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 2 2 1 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 330 Visual Communications I1 A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.::!25) 351 Ceramics 11 Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting 11 Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Altemate years) 368 Print Making 11 Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson o r internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture 11 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 lndependent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times, Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - a s artists, a s subjects, and a s patrons. 382 ScandinavianArts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Spring 1987) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. (Fall 1986) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1987-88) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific e m ~ h a s i on s 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European a r i a s well a s indigenous movements. Biology Department (BIO) Biology is the study of life, and it is natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part ofthe biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understandingand to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp ofbiologists, This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on the findings of basic biological research. Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other araduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty: Neal Thorpe (Chairperson). Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Etwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulemd. - O p t i o n 1: 7 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least one course from each of three groups: ( I ) 351,353,361,481; (11) 355,473,474; (111) 440,471,476; CAM 115,116 (or 105,106),351, 352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. All of the 7 biology courses must have laboratories except for 367 and 491. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Mqjor - O p t i o n 2: 9 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111) 361,481; (IV) 471,473: (V) 440,476: CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351 and 352. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Mqjor P r e - M e d i c a l Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require CHM 353. H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participa- tion in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. M i n o r : 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106). 101 Human Blology llasic t>inloglcalconcepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt ta arlstvcr sucli questions as: What makes man just another member of the hintic Fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What inIlt~eticcdocs man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urbali envlronment, have on man? (3hours lecture, 1-112 liours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both 1 0 1anrl 103. Docs r1oI apply to the major or minor, Spring) 103 Human Anstomv and PhvsloZolrv A professional cchrse In h e slruFture and Function of the human body. Lectl~reand laboratory. (A sttrdenl may not receive credit for both 101and 10.7. lloes not apply lhe maor or minor) to 105 Blology and Soclety iVIiat arc some of the biologically-haseclproblems with which our sorlety inust deal7 R s61rvcyof Lhe cnv!mnmtntal and tiealth impllatlons o f polI~tlion,noii-rericwahlr resource depletion, waste disposal, war. occupatlnnal safety and I~calth.An historical survey of Arneriian agriculture. worlcl rood supply and biologlal dctcrminism. A critlcal cvaItlntlon of tlie or bIoloyical colrcepts. (3 hour ~ectum.Does not apply social applicatio~~ lo the innjoxor minor,) 108 Mlcrablology basic micinbial features are conslderecl as well as applications of mlcr0biology to thc fields of rnedlctnc and sanltatlon. (5hours lecture. J hours laboratory. For sludenl nulsrs. heall11 majors, or consent. of inslructor. Prercq.: CHM 109 and concurrenl rcqlstmtion in CllM 110 or ronsrnlt of instructor. Weekend College. Does not apply to the nrajor or mir~or) 109 Special Topics In Bloloay Ofrered pel Fodicall y lh rough Augsbt~rg'sConservallon or Human Resources (CI IFt) program, Qcnerally conrlucted off campus wtlh rommirnity pcoplc tilting the course tqether with coll~ycstlldcnts 111a co-lcamltlg motiel. Topics will valy depcndlng upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111.112 oeneral Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular hioZogy, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary n~echanisms.analonly, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationsl-ilpsof organisms. Musl he taken in sequcnce except by permission of inst~uctor.(3 Ilollis lecture; 4 I~nurslaboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 1 9 9 Internship Lower division internship. 203 Principles of Nutrition A study n l the six ctasses oinutrfents and thcir digestion, absorption, transporl. mrtabnlism, iriteractinn, storage. and excretion. A special effort will bc made to dlrercntiate "fact rrom fiction" irr this controversial biological field. (3hours Iccturc. Prereq.: llZ or conscnt of instructor.) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351 Invertebrate Zoology A sludy of lhe invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, txhavior. life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3hours lecture, 4 ho~lrslaboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring) 353 Compamttw Vertebrate Zoology A comparailve stutly dealing witli Lhe classification, morphology, distrihution, evnlulion, behavior and 1mpulation dynamics of the vertebrates. (3tio~trslecture, 4 liours laboratory, Prercq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 3 6 1 Plant Biology A su~vcy of l11emajor cllvlsians or the plant hingdom including the study of analomy, physiology, lire histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecti11e, 4 Ii011rslaboratory. Prereq.: 112,Altentate years) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary mstabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 Internship Upper division internship. 4140 Plant PhysioIogy A corlsidera tion of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and developmeril, and waterrelatlons in vascitlar and norivascular plants. 'She relationstilps or these processes to plant structures, (3 tiot~rsclass, 4 Iiours laboratory, Prcrcq.: 112. Alternaic ycars, spring) 4 7 1 Cellular Biology A study corrclalinq cell Function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microterh6ique, cytological sludies, cell pt~yslologyand tissue culture. (3 I~ourscrass,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.367 or consent of instructor. Spring) 4 7 3 Animal Physiology A sti~dyof animal lunction with emphasls on the vertebrates. Merevet posslble, f~lnctinnsare explained on the bask 01 physical and chernlcal principles. (3tiours class, 4 hours laboratoi'y. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 Or f 16; I'tlY 103 or 122 or consent of lnslructor. Fall) 474 Devetopmental Biology A consirleratlnn of the physiological and morphological changes wl~ich occur during I h e tieveIopment ol arcynisms with emphasis on Ihc vertebrate animals. Experimctital as well as tlcscrlptivcsi~~dles are included In the laborato~ywork. In adclilion to elnlsryonic drrveloptnclll, the topics or are dlsrllsscci. (3 I~oursclass, 4 mallgnoncy, aging, and ~'c~enelallon hot~rslab. I'rercq.: 112. Sprirlgl 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morpholocjy, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as cert,iin methods. (3hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities: the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3hours class. 4 hours lalmratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361or consent or insLruclor. Alternale years, Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors maJoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration and Economics Department The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other organizations a s well as preparation for graduate sthdy, To thls end, the department offers specialization in a variety of areas including: Accounting, Applied Economics, Economics. Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, a s well as a Combined Business and Economics concentration. Each of these areas b dependent upon a strong foundation In the liberal arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skllls. Rec. ognklng the occupational realities of Me business and economic disciplines, the department is equally commitled Lo maintaining an applicatiomoriented balance. This balance is acllleved In part by fostering close ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of practical expertise, a wide variety of internship opportunities as well as fbture job prospects. Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration & Economics Faculty: Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, James Billings, Diane Busico, John Cemto, Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson, Richard Herzog, Jane Kammerman, Roy LaFayette, R. McFall Lamm, Jr., Thomas Morgan, Edward Sabella, Milo Schield, Stanley Solnick. Business Administration Mqjor (BUS): Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and Marketing specializations: BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113, 313,311or 312 or 315. Specialization in Accounting: 12 Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425. Specialization in Finance: 12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415. Specialization in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 301. Specialization in Marketing: 12 Core courses, 352,450, ECO 415, SPC 353. Specialization in International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,ECO 112,113,313. Also the following emphasis to be taken abroad: Three of: Comparative Business Law European Marketing (or International Marketing) lnternational Business Import/Export Operations Multinational Corporation International Financial Policies One of: lnternational Trade and Finance European Common Market lnternational Economic Policies lnternational Economic Institutions Economics of Developing Countries BUS 399 or 499 is required, a s well a s three semesters of a foreign language (or tested equivalent). Specialization in Management Infomation Systems: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,310(or CSC 352),375,475,476, 479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174 and 175 or MAT 124 and CSC 170. Honors Maor: GPA of3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall: a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Business Administration: 6 courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112 and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Minor in International Business: 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,and three lnternational Business courses. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS): 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113. 175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370 and 375. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. C.P.A. Certification: Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) examinaHon prior to fulflIllng the experience requirement must have c o m ~ l e t e dthe rnaior In BusinessAdministration-Accoun tinq and taken all accounting and b u d t ~ e s law s offered. Students mabring In Business Administration-Accountinu are auallfied under (he nlles of the Minnesota State Board of ~ c c o & t a n c ito slt For the examination during their last semester. Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration department are strong!y encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS 295,495),the department has also offered: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, and Micro Computer Accounting. Business (BUS) 175 Computers for Economics and BusEness A n i~~lroduction tn computerized rlala processing. Learn a higher-level Lcam about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS) and l a n g ~ ~ a (BASIC). ge data bascs (LIOASE). team about word proccssing arid computerized business graphics. (I'rcreq.: Math I'laccment Group I1 or hlgh school algebra) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and Fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 222 IPrlndples of Aceonntlng II A conlEnuation of 221. IntroducMon to business activlttes, accounting for corpoiations. Baslc concepts afld fundamentals of matiagerial accounting, planning and cnntrolllng plucesses, decision-nrahing and behavioral coilsidcralions. (Prcreq.: I-IUS 221) 242 Principles OF Management Develol~rnenlof the tl~eoryo i management, organization, staffing, planning, arid control. The nature olaulhority. accountability and responsibility, analysls of the role nl tlle professional manager. 252 Prlnclptes of Marketing Frinclples of l~aslcpollcy and strategy Issues In marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors a s they afFeet prt~duct.promotion. marketing channel and prictng decisioi~s. 279 Quantttative Methods for Economics and Business An l~ltrorlirctionto quantltatlve reasoning,descriptive ineasures, probability, sarnpll?rp,distributions. i~rfrrcnce,and estimatlnti with emphasis on tlielr usc in appticd proble~msin business and economics. (Prereq.: Math placerrterit groirp Ill nt a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) 295 Taplcs I.ectures. discusstnns, meeting wlth members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding rcsearch methodology and readings in the areas of business adrninistratlon. (Pl'ercq.: Conseril of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 322 Accorrntfng Theory and Practice I A n analysis of accountlng theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts. currcnt and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO 113, Fall) d c c o ~ ~ n t i nheory gf and Practice 11 A co~iti~~ualion or322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to liabllilles, stocltholrlcrs' equities and other accounting issues. Additional einpt~nsiso n incon~cdetermination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322. Spring) managerla1Cost Accol~nting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budget in^, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and bel~avioraltopits. (I'rcrcq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor) Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: BUS 221, 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) Financial Management Theory ~Facquisillon,allocation, and management of funds within the firm. Sourccsand uses or long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital I>udgeting, Icve~age,dividencl policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222, L C 0 113) Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable workin relationships: effective integration of the worker with the goals of the%rmand society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) International Business Intsoductlon to the problems and posdbllltles of doing business in an inlernatlanal conlext. Ajlpreciation of the prospective required Tor success. iirl plarining and rnanagemcnt or any cntcrpl-ise operating abroad is emphasired by rorcsccing both (he opportut~iLfcsand the dificullles Inherme In inlcrnatlonal business. (Prereq.: two business and economics courses or consent 01 inst~uctor) Advanced Computing for Budnees md EEodamiw Crrrrent topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmablc data bas- (D-l3ASI:I. graphics, infomialion retrieval uslng teIecomrnunicatlons. and olher (lackaqes (stallsticalanalysis. project management, expert systems, etc.). Solbe common prnllfems In economics, finance and marketing. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145,170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.) Infwmatlon Systems In the Owanlzatlan Use of systems approach in analytlng the use of Information Systems in the olganizalioo, AnaIyze busincss needs and Information requirements, idc~~lliy relevant solutions atid communicate recomn~etidations.Emphasis on management consulting sE.IIts including wrillcn and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such a s BUS 175 and 370) 391 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. 399 Inlernshtp Program A sludent may receive course credlts through an Enternship program whlcl~is applicable to graduation, bul not to the major.This program will P Lllc opportu~~lty to spend one rull term worltlng with atforti L ~ siudenl snine orgatrlzation. In addition, t h e sludent will write a repart on hislher activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall) 425 Advanced Accountina Accounting for buslness combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring) 433 Piaanclal f heory?Policy and Practice A system'sapproacli lo financial slructure and policy. Emphasis on deci- 438 450 475 476 479 sion making. presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case nlalcrlal. (Prereq.: BUS 337 1 Investment Theory Appraisal or Llic risk return retatlonships of various types of securities Iwm llir viewpoinl o/bolh individual and instilr~tionalinvertor. Extensive coverage of capital mar'kets arid portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core cottrses or cunsen t or instriiclor) Marketing Management lnlegralion of rnarketil~gwith ather business f~mctions;marketing managemcqt and decision inalting, planning marltettngprograms, channels of di*tribulion, pricing. prorluc.l selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352) Information Systems Analysts and Design AnaIyze inlormation rcq~~irements and design systems speciflcatlons. Utilize relational data base sofeware to aulcklv imtllement severa! system desians. Utilize ~ r o l e c manaacment' t sortware Lo manaac the i i f c cvcle pi&casinc~udin~'hacumentjiior~ and impternentatinn. (Frereq.:at1 ~dwer Ievet core murscs. B U S 375, Rcco~~irnended: BUS 370 01. C S C 35'2) lnformatlon Systems Projects Using sltllls developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete an information analysis ntid sysicms design for several business situations. Utilize both case sludies and actual buslnrsses. IPrereq.: BUS 375, 475. Recommended: BUS 479) Intermediate QnanHtatlve Methods for Economics and Business Utilizing cornpurcl pacl\ages rclcvanL lo slatistical analysis. Frogramming 1001s include soreadsliecls, Minilab, SI'SS and olher statistical packaqes. Areas or luteresl include slatisticaT descripllons, analysis of v d a n c e and slatlsllcal InCerenre plus linear models, queing models and Monte Carlo sln~i~talions. Prereq.: BUS 175. 279. Math placement group IV or a grade of at Icas12.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. liecornmended: BUS3701 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study 'rhc stildcnt may calm independent study credits through individually supcrviscd prqjects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) E c o n o m i c s (ECO): Mqjor in Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other upper division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in the use of computers are also strongly recommended. Mqjor in Applied Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other upper division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 1 2 1and PHI 130. Combined major in Economics-BusinessAdministration: 6 Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other upper division); 8 Business Administration courses (221,222,242,252, 279,331, and two other upper division). Honors Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics: 112,113,312,313, and one additional upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department. Notes: Students who plan to major in t h e department are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon a s possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, and Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains. ECO 110,112, and 113will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 110 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. 110 Economics of Urban Issues Sturly of econoinic itnplications of many problems faclng a metro-urban envi~onmenl.Somc nf l l ~ loptcs e to be rliscussecl arc: Population "Crisis", Crl111e Preveniion. Ecology atid Incornr I~istrlbullon;Dislrlhutlng rrce Drcarl: Mass Transit Systc~~ls, elc. ~~rnclanic~rtal rnicroecfino~nictools Introduced to Carllltatc discussion of ttie a hove mentioned topics. (This is a basic roursc desiglied fnr Itlost: sl~ldtlntswho tlo not plan tr) malor In Econnmlcs or Rusines4 Admlnistratlori. I1 docs no1 apply tclward an Lcotioi~ilr.major or ti~inor.Slrrttcnls wtin plan lo malor in Rusiness Aclminislralion alirlJor Ccoi~ornicsshollld enrnll in KC0 1I'L and t I3 which also are open to non-majors.) 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An lnttnduclion 10 macroecono!nirs; national Income analysis, monetary and fiscal pnlicy, intcrnalional trade, economic growth. Application or elementaiy economic Llicory la current economic prnblems. May be taken i~~depcndentlyallIJor 110.112and 113 may he taken In clttierorder,or may bc laltcri In the same lern, Tor the sluder~tto progress rapidly to the olhcr coutses. 113 Principles of Microeconomics An Inlroclucllon lo mlcroeconotnics, the theory of the household, firm, marlret strucltlres and Income rllstributlon, Application of elementary ecorion~ir.lhenqe to marltct policy. May Ile taken independently of 112 or 110. 1 12 at~cl113 may he lalren In either order, or may be taken in the same tcrni fortiic s t ~ ~ d eto n tprogress more rapidly to other courses. 175 Computers for Economics and Business (See under Business). 199 Internship Lower division internship. 215 Elements of Mathematical Economics Economic concepts explained using mathematics a s a tool. Examples from finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.: ECO 113) 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business). 295 Topics Lechrres. discussions, meeting witfi members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding restrarch methodology and current national and international ecanornics problems and politics. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity: debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall) 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall) 313 Intermediate microeconomics Theory orresourccaIlocal~on,analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; lhe pricing of lacto1s of production and income distribution: introdiiction lo welCarc ecol~ornics.(Prereq.: ECO 113) 315 Monev and Banklna ~ u n c l f o nor l ~tllc ~ ~l<onetary and banking systems, particularly commerclal I>arilcs,the I'cdernl Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate ccono~iilcacttvily. Etnpt~asisplaced on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) 318 Management Science l'rovirles a sounrl conceptual understanding of the modern techniques OF management scic~lrel o prepare sl~idcnts LC) malte better I3uslness and economic declsiorrs. I'tt~phasisIs on applications, wl~fcharc Lalte~?from the arcas nf transportation, markellng. [>oriColioselection. envlronmcntal prw teclion, thr slinrlest ror~Le,invcrlto~ymodels. InCormatioti sysiems, ctc. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring) 360 International Trade and Pinance A study ol the unclerlylna roi'ccs afrectlng the economic relations among of the basts tor international trade: balance of paynatirlris, De~elopln~IIt rnetils: exchangc ratc systems and comniercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112, 1W or cclnsenl of Ensin!clorl 399 linternsltipProwam A studenl may rcrclve course credits through an Internship program wllEcli is applirallle to gradualion, h u t not to the major. This program will alforrl the sluclcnt the opporh~nICylo spend one frill tcrm worlcinq with so~~~rr organization. In atlditlori, Llle sludent W111 wrile a report on tiis/l1er activities. (Prcrcq.: consent ol Instructorl 413 Labor lkonamlcs Analysis or labor marltels; labor as a factor ofproduction; determination of wage cotIe.ctivc bargaining: labor legislation and effects upon society. (l'rcreq.: GCO 515 or cnnsent of instructor. On demand) 414 Wclfarc Economics Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative rnarlret strrlctures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of econornic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor) 415 Managerial Economics I~ilrgratrsecononiic theory and corrcspondlr~gpractlces In business. Amo11.qthe topics considered are theories and practlces in forecasting, esllmniion 01 dcrnand and cosl lunctions, pricc and non-price competition, protl~lctlonar~dcost co~isideratIons,and an analysis of economic proh!ems or xcleval~cetcl rnarlagelnenl. (Prercq.:BUS 279.CCO 3 13. Spring) 416 Mathematical Fmnonlics Matlieinalical ecanomlrs wlth emphasis on the application of mathematical tools Lo Lhc areas oCinicro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 512,31.3 and a l leasl PlAT U2 or equlvalclit or consent of instructor. On demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business). 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and intemational economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study 'the student tnay earn independent study credits through individually supfwiserl projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some lop6 or isstrc in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and worhlng toward an understanding ofthenz. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas or molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. Chemists as scientists must he well versed tn the scfence of chemistry, knowledgeable in Tact and theory for solving sclentffic problems, capable of providing a pzrblic understanding of their work including potential problems as well as hrnefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences are imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists. 1. To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. 2. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. 3. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change alter graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. 4. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences: and 5. To presentthe excitement:of chemtstry to non-science majors as an exampie of the methodolagy of the natural scienca in examining the world around us, The presenbtion of major concepts underlying the changes in matter. the apporttlntty to examine change in the pl~ysicat world, and the reflection of the implications ofsclence In our society will enhance the ability of non-sciencepersons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty: Earl R. Alton (Chairperson),Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted Graduation Mqjor in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352, 353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481, 483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121, 122; MAT 124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. American Chemical Society Approved Maor: 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497, 499), Chernlstry Seminar participation; MAT 224: PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during Ihe sophomore year). Reading ability in Cierman equivalent to one semester and conlput~rprofi- ciency are also required. - Teachlng Mqjwr: Physleal Science Emphasis Chemistry Major: Recotnmendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,106);3 courses in earth and life sciences: CHM 351,352,353,361,363,364,482,491 (B10 367 may be substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised to consult with the Education department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Msy'or: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Honors Mqjor: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathe- matics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353 and two other chemistry courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367. Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. Placement in 105 or 115 is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105,106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116: designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 to 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110General, Organic and Blolaglcal Chemism Dcsigtied lor studcnts who nccd a survey of the fundamental principles nl genc~al,o r ~ a n tand t hfological cl-iclnistry Tor careers in allied h~a1ll-iareas slrcli as nursing (Incl~rdingR~~gsbi~rg's Upper Division I'roqranl), irlhalad tlon Lherapy, histotecl~riology.physical education, and others. Open also to studcnts In the humanities and qoctal: Scier~ces.F l r 4 Ierm, general cllctnistry principles and an introciuctIon 10 organic chemistry. Second term, o~gaiiicand biolorlictll cIrclnist~ywi(h s p e ~ i aapplications l Lo )iltman y. pllyslolnglcai cl~cmislry.(3ane-hour Iccturcs, 2 hauls of l a h o ~ a t o ~This course docs not apply lowarcl the major or minor in clretnlslly. Credit cannot I>e earned 101 110th I09 anrl 105 ar I 15,tior can credit be earned tor both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. Weekend College) 115.I16 General Chemlaby An Inlenslve celirse ror pre-mdlral students and b t u r e chemists. Firstsernester lriclucles cttcrnical eqtlations and calc~~lations, enernctics, and bonding Uicory wlth examplcs from Inorganic chcinistry. Thc second e m phasi7cs equllibrii~rnand soliltion cheinistry Including ltinelics atirl clectmrhemist~y,(3 one-hour Tectures, 3 hours 01 laboratory. Prereq.: lllgqh school cheniistry, t n a t l ~placemenl. 115, Fall: 136. Spririg) 199 lnternshlp Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351.362 Organic Chemlstry Importar11classes of organic compounds wItI? special emphasls on mechanisms alld ~nulli-stepsynthesis. Descriptive material Is correlaterl by means of modem tticorIrs olcliemlcal bonds, encrgy relaUons. and reac. many applicalloris ofot'ganiccllf~i~islrl/ Lo I~iologlcal.entinrl ~necl~anlsm; vironmenlal and ilidl~striillfielcls. (3 one-hour Zccturcs, L fnur-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116: 351, Fall: 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytlcal Chemistry Covers tlravlmclrir anrt volumelric. anatysls and solutlnn equlllbrlurn in Lo electrochemical and spectraptiotomerlelall and gives an i~>LrnducLiot~ tric lech~ilq~les nT atialysis. Thf laboratory IHVCII\IESq~lantjlaliveanalysis o i a varicly oCsamplfs, ant! includcs trace analysis. ( 3 hours of tcctrrre. l four-lloilr laboratory. I'rc~fq.:106 or 1 16. Rall) 361.3641 Pbystcal Chemistry The basic t\icoreLical concepts of chemistry: therrnodynamlcs, klnctlcs, quantl~lntheory. atrd statcs oimatlcr are studicd In thc first scmester. Applications orthcse conc:epls to arcas of rno~cct~larstructr~i e, equilibria and electrnchemistry In thc s c ~ o r l dscrneslcr. (3 one-hour tectutes. Yrereq.: JOG or 116: PHY 121. 122; MAT 124, 125.361, Fall: 364, Spring) 363,365 Physical Chemlstry taboratory (112 COllrSE each) Ptryslcal Chemislry Laboratory introduces students to tect~niquesofdata collerlfon and cxperiniental i~pplicationorconcepts prcscnlcci In Physical Chcmlstry lect~lrc.365 is Lo be talten the firs1 lialCol the spring senicstcr and invnlves expcrinlents relater1 to 361. 565 14 In bc lalrcn l l i P second half ollhe scmesler by a11 peisans fa hl!igJ64, exccpt Ll~al special sti~ctdi ts may ask deparlnlent tor exelnpllon. 399 Internship Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the prohlctns or identlfylng organic cornpotrnds It1 the laboratory. I.ecture lopic!! Include struclui'e-specLra correlatioris for tR, UV, MMR, and Inass spectroscopy: tlse al t h e lltcrature [ir~cludlngB c i l ~ stein): atirl Curther stilrly oCorganic rcactinns. Ir~lrarcd,nuclear n~agnetit: resonance, anrl ~ ~ l t r a v i o lspectra el rai~tlnelyuscd. (3 hotm: oF lecture, G hours ollaboratoly. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of insin~ctor:some reading k~~owlerlgc of G e n ~ ~ ar'all) n, 4BX Advanced Analytical Chemistry Ernpl?aslsupon advanced equitfhrium theory and prlnclples ofatomic and fi~olectrIar speclroscopy as applled to analytical mclhods as well as cliro~ n togra1,hIc a and eleclroanalytical techniqt~csot analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 (our and one-half-haul laboratory. I'iercq.: J53.361, or consent rrl i r ~ s t ~ ~ l c tSprlng) or. 482 Advanced Inomanlc Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reaclio~isusing the electrastatlc, valence bond, and molecular orhital models. Coordination chemistry Is discussed In Lcrms of Ilgarrd field tfieoy, The laboratory involves prcpa~ationsor tnorganic coinpm~ndsusing a variety of techniques, (3 one-hour lectures, 1 thrce-hour laboratory. I'rcreq.: 3.52.36J , or consent of i n s t ~ ~ ~ c Fall) tor. 403 QuanCumChernistsy I'reser)ls qtlailtilm llleory In terms of Schrodinger's wave equatIon and uses the equalinn Lo solvc Ehe prnblems 0T R e harmonic osciIIalor and (tic hydrogen alom. Approximate snlutlons are lntrod~icedand used l o develop inolecirTar orldtal l l ~ c o r ylor molec~~les. Inclurles comznutators. and group Lheory. (3one-how leclrlrcs. elcctron spin, angular 1iiornc111~1rn P~rrcq.:36 1ar cansenl or instructor. Sl~ring) 491 Chemistry Seminar 'This seminar, which has no course credil, is a weelcly meetlng of chemistry majors i~nrlerthe direction of thc Augsbusg Chemistry Society. Juniors and scniors are expected to participale. wltli seniors pmscnting papers. Outside visitors are occaslonalIy Invited to participate. 497 lntroductton to ChemIstsy Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before gr adualian. Srhch ~ x p e r l e n c emay b e obtained by wurlting on a sum~nerrcsearrh rolect In Ihe clepartmenl (no( col~nleclas a COLII se) or by research parlEipalion dtirlrlg Lhe acade~alcyear (which may be counted as a co~irse).Cooperative Edi~cationis a possibility, (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing) East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers hvo options: 1. Mqjor or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an in- ter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japanese are taught on one ofthe five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language courses. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Mqjor in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies: and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies: 1course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322,323,324: one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336: one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-AmericanWomen in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modem Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modem China (See under Department of History) 324 Modem Japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past. Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) Economics (ECO) See Business Administration and Economics ', 1 1, Department f:" . . Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education a s a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education. Professional mucation combines the study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves a s a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales, production, and service areas. To qualify for state teaching license after July 1,1987applicants are required to have had the course "Reading in the Content Areas" or the equivalent. To qualify after April 1,1988for licensure, people are required to have passed basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics a s well as a prescribed competency test in the specific area of licensure. Education Faculty: Trudi Osnes (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta Pelton, Mark Schelske Elementary Education (EDE) Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Kindergarten-ElementaryMajor and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351, 352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483: HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college level mathematics course: academic minor (major recommended):GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses required for licensure: fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, forjuniors, includes 341,352, 381,382,384, 386, 387. (341,381, 382, 383, 384,386, 387 are 112 courses) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 255 Ofienfatfon to Education In an Urban Setting Investigation or various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity COT in-school worls. Opcn to all students. Membership in one of the p r ~ r c s s l ~ lleach ~ a l er organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295.495 Topics in Mucation Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower division independent study. 341 Media Technology (112 course) Psycllological arlcl philosophical dimensions of communication through tlre use or lnstmctlnnal technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evali~allonof cfkcclive audio-visual materials for teachinglleamingsitualions. (5pri1ig) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall) 352 Creating Learnlng Environmenw Kindergarten-Elementary The study of stralegies and nlcthods of teaching and learning in the contexts of ed~lcational,psychological and sociological thcotlrs. Membership In one of the professional tcactter organizations Is reqirlred. (Prereq,: 255 or E D S 265 or consent of i ~ ~ s l r ~ l cSp~ing) to~. 381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:Art, Music (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergal ten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (f'rercq.: 255 or CDS265. Fall) 384 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112 course) Examination and preparation or materials and resources ror Children's Literature at the kindergarten and elementa q' levels. I,ahol.atary expertences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concuncnl reglslralion in 352.Spring) 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Language Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 491 Practlcum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 Independent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty. Secondary Education (EDS) Trudi Osnes (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; 265, 354, 388, 478, methods course(s)in major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall, 2.0 in education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg licensure program required. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 361,362; the Physical Education major for 365; and the music major for 355. Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12);2-Orchestra (K-12)and classroom music (5-12);3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9);or 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement of at least "good" in the listening, speaking, and reading parts of the Modern Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education. The Professional Tern School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon or evening seminars is also required. A student who elects to take just two courses in student teaching may take one course in independent study at this time. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the profese sional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: ~ o p h o m o r standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295,495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 341 Media Technology (112 course) (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in o n e of t h e professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105) 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 356. 357. 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (112 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementaryand Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and Junior high schoois. For art teactiing majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (112 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12)(112 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (112 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (112 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theatre and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (112 course) Study of t h e basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 388 Human Relations (112course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 410 Health Methods (See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development ofAmerican education, current major iss u e s in education will be studied. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 StudentTeaching Observing and dlrettinq leal r~lngat the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 498 Independent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise ecl must provided for in the departmental curriculum. A ~ ~ r o ~ e c tprogram b e outlined which meets the approval of education i a c i ~ l t ~ . Special Education (EDE, EDS) Mark Schelske (Coordinator) Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491: PSY 351,357; one course chosen ftom HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended a s an additional course. 282 lntroductionto Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities a s mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor o r consent of instructor. Students planning t o take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Pall) Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the-student to earn a- achel lor of A& degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Insti- tute of Technology, Minneapolis: Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. University of Minnesota The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: - 1. Bachelor o f Arts/Bachelor o f Engineering (B.A./B.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessaly for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. 2. Bachelor o f ArtsIMaster o f Engineering (B.A./M.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A,/B.E, curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E, program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E, program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University - Three-Two Plan Dual Degree Plan Michigan Technological University - These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. M i n i m u m Course Requirements f o r Admission t o the Dual Degree o r ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224, 226; PHY 121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351, 352. English Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and iknages helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. The Augsburg English department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities ofthis vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus. Students with an Augsburg English mqjor pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses. English majors may start on a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because of their broad background, their skill in analysis, and their superior communication skills. Skills in reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance any career and make life more enjoyable and understandable. English Faculty: Barbara Andersen (Chairperson), Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson. Mqjor: 9 courses above 111,including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Mqjor for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111,351,352, 354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required to gain practical experience in teaching writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition'to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year, Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Minor: 5 courses above 111,including at least 2 literature courses, one of which must be in British literature, and one advanced writing course. Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such a s British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Wrltlng A preparatory course for Ewective Writing for students identified by an ex- amination a s needing nddltlonal preparation, Instruction and practice in e Sturle~rtswill write short papers based on basic wrlting skills wllt t ~ given. tlicir own observation, experience, a r ~ r ll~ought. t P/N grading only. 111 Effcctlwe Writing 'I'he study ol' cornposltion with emphasis on expository writing. Attention Lo correcl tlsagc, logical orgar~lzation,and the research paper. The grading system fn~lhis C O ~ I T S E i~ either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a pEace in Ihc course the studen( must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s / h e cannot be present. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 217.218 English a s a Second Language (ESL) Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their fluency. Understanding spoken ~ m e r i c a nEnglish, speaking, reading colleae-level materials. and writina are the skills emohasized in these two c&urses. Testing will determinetlacement in these courses, and testing, a s well a s other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is met. 218 is graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in 218 if an N grade is given. By successfully completing the courses, students will b e exempted from the foreign language requirement. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will b e emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 2 6 1 Modem Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 2 7 1 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies ofAristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will b e studied a s a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions a r e combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors a s Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics In Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected For study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval Milieu will be studied a s well a s the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will b e eFamined. (Alternate years) 336 Bnitish Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized a s well a s their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city a s setting and symbol in modern American literature. 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships, Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors a s Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century a s the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1986-87) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten o r twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 498 lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such a s theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. - Foreign Language Department The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the development of new communications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a nch historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students. The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and culture courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg Students through the college's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department. Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in this way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one of the most intriguing and central facets of the human mind. Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of fields such a s foreign language - teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps, or international business may require a-foreign language mGor, perhaps combined with a maior in some other field. In addition. students ~ u r s u i n a careers in many other fields such as health care, socialwork, the kinistrfy psychology, or philosophy, ro name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field. Foreign Languages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, James Brown, Leif Hansen, Mary Johnson, Gunta Rozentals, Donald Steinmetz. Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212; 9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the chairperson. Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are placed by the department may do so, but grading must be PIN only. The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311is prerequisite to all upper division courses. Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, G e m a n and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply in thejunior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Placement Levels: Chinese (CHN) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French (FRE) 8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332, 350 or 355,351or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim, summer, or semester in France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended. Major: E u r o p e a n History, a seco n d language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand) 111,112 Beginning French Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall/Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 211,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall/Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acauainted with artistic aualities and cultural-historical significance of thesenworks. Sophomore standing. Fulfills only literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major o r minor. (On demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intemlediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring, On demand) 3 3 1 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, a n d discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351,353 Survey of French Literature The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Recommended Supporting Courses: 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 399 Internship Upper division internship. 411 Avanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization a s individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. ( S e e a l s o Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German (GER) 8 upper division courses, including 311, 411, one in civilization, and one literature. Semester in Germany required. Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. Major: 111,112 Beginning German Course 111is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 111o r equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims a t developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) 299 Independent Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims a t developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial Qerman. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals ofthe Reformation. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 Qerman Civilization and Culture 11 Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Br~efsurvey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklhrung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of Qerman literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Maturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. 4 1 1 Advanced Qerman Composition and Conversation Aims a t developing and refining the student's use of German a s a vehicle for expressing his o r her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German a s classroom language. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. Fall) 4 5 1 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre a s a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read a s symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Japanese (JPN) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. Linguistics (LIN) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 289 Introduction to Linguistics An lnlroductlan to linguistic analysls and general Ilngulstlc prlndples,wlth Focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common lo all languages) and psychulinguistics IinquIiy In to the tnechanics of language learning and llic struclurc of the mind as revEaIed in language),l'l~eoxelicalc~uestionswill be approached b y stud Ing samples 01 various I B I I ~ L I ~ ~ P S . MO piercquisite. Rccoinrnendcd for a i lanquaqe majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic researct, wlth the aim of ltluminatlng underlying phllosophleal assilmptions. i~~vcstigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish tlletn. The theo~ieswill be contrasted with thosc ot adjaccnt discipIincs such as antllropology, psyctiology, logic, and communication l l ~ c ory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 Internship Internship for upper division credit. 499 Independent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Norwegian (NOR) Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway required. Minor: 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 211 Intermediate Norwegian Cal~tlnucdconversation and composition to improve comprehension and facCIlty of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used a s basis for class dlscussio~iand exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composltlon Inte~isivcpractice In spolsen Horwegia~iwith emphasis on pronunciation and oriqinal cnmposltio~r.Some atlciitlot~givcn to reglonal variations in spolteti Marweqian ancl lo dikrences bytween the two olTiclal languages of Mnrway. some lalmratory work and Clflcl experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 -- Old - - - .Norse .- - - - 331 350 353 399 411 499 An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study ofselections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects ofthe history of four modem Nordic laiguages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norweg~anlanguage majors/ minors will have special assignments. (On demand) Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwcglan as far a s possible), the domestic and forelgn Influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population or Monvay will be cxaniined. Wrltten ancl oral reports in the Norwegian language rvlll Ile required along wlth some Herd work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent ofir~structor.011dernand) Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. On demand) Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readinas in contem~orarvNorweaian literature ~ r o v i d ea base for the study of ;riginal works from earlier ceriods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examlned, and conslderable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk lalig~laqe,pnrtlckrlaily poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in florwcgian. (Pterrq.: 311o r equivalent. Alternate years) Internship Internship for upper division credit. Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages end lo the hislorical development of the Norwegian language. Laljoralnry worlc and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of iirslructor, On demnr~cf) lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Russian (RUS) One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which requires two years of language for the mqjor. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coordinator. 111.112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. 211.212 Intermediate Russian Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking with a n added emphasis on reading, Introduction of advanced grammar topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC) Spanish (SPA) M a o r : 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354,331 or332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conver- sation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another lan- guage, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring) 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (See under Program in Global Community) 2 4 9 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various ~ e r i o d sand movements are read in Enalish translation. Throuah background reading and class discussion in English the student is acGuainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand) 2 6 1 Spanish Language (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them, Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. On demand) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 Survey of Spanish Literature I, 11 A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to S~anish-Americanliterature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 Internship Internship for upper division credit. 4 1 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness ofwritten and oral expression through conversations, discussions, ~'epo~ts. debales, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prcrecl.: 3 l l or consent of instructor. 4 5 6 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 4 9 9 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. General Studies (GST) John A. Hill (Registrar),Joel Mugge, Donald Warren Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education. 005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar An introduction to college academic life required of all new students a t Augsburg. The seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall term. No course credit. 140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available a t Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills s o important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall: 141, Spring) 230 Cultural Issues Seminar (See under Program in Global Community) Health and Physical Education Department (HPE) Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide-range of educational experiences, including several mqjor and minor programs: general education in Physical Education (Lifetime Sports): men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural programs for men and women: and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty: Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Marilyn Pearson Florian. Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad Health Education Mqjor: 110,114,115,320,354,410: 810 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105:SOC 231,336. Teaching Mqjor: Same a s health education major plus 355. Stu- dents wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 110,114,115,320; 810 103;SOC 231. 110 Personal and Community Health Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 199 lnternship Internship for lower division credit. 114 Health and Safety Education (112 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (112 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) 399 Internship lnternship for upper division credit. 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Physical Education Mqjor: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472, 474,475;810 103. Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243, 350,351,365,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to be- come licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Mqjor with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: 114,115;223,231,232or 472,243. Coaching Endorsement: 243,351, 475, one of 476-483 (except 481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meet- ing the practicum requirement). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 002,003 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. (Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit. 199 Internship lnterrnship for lower division credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice i n teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim) 234 Outdoor Education (112 course) 'Thls course wlll loalc at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be Laught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canodng. back-pacl$ing,cycling, outdoor cooking catnplng and watcr safely. Studcnts must Ire prepared to spend somr: wcel~cndsparticiprtling in these activities. (Even number years, Spring) 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: 810 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: 810 103. Spring) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 455 Sailing in the Virgin Islands Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning thc art and practlce of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a compctent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, Irclming and crewing). (Interim) 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (112 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics (112 course) Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence a s determined by pre-test. Fall) 475 Preventlon and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2course) Emphasis placed on preventing injut ips. 'Trcatrnmt of common athletic injuries. Practical expericntc in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1 s t half of term, and even numbered years, Interim) 476 Coaching of Football (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd number years, Fall, 1 s t half of term.) 477 Coaching of Basketball (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd number years, Interim) 478 Coaching of Hockey (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd number years, Interim) 479 Coachina of Track and Field 1112 course) Theory, t&hnique and adminishitive aspect's of coaching track and field. (Odd number years, Spring, second half of term) 480 Coaching of Baseball/SoRball(1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching- baseball and softbail. (Odd number years, Spring, 2nd half of term) 481 Ofilciating of Basketball (112 course) Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball. Prepares student for certification by the Minnesota Stae High School Association. (Interim) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd number years, Fall, 1st half of term) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Department (HIS) History is to society what memory is to an individual: it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished MedievalistJ.R. Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are mled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer eqjoyrnent of travel, cultural events, and the broad reading eqjoyed by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long held a maljor role in the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg. The department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States, and the non-western world. The department's graduates are well represented among professional historians: at present, six are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history maljors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices. History Faculty Richard Nelson (Chairperson),Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen M a o r : 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval: Modem Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. M q j o r f o r T e a c h i n g L i c e n s u r e : Students interested in secondary education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. M i n o r : 5 courses, a t least three of which must be upper division. H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in spe- cial instances, application before the end of the first term of thejunior year; two years of a foreign language a t the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. N o t e s : Freshmen should enroll in one o r more of the 101-104 courses. 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division students are asked to take at least one lower division course before registering for an upper level course. There are 13 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Several are offered each term. Offerings depend upon faculty schedules and student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modem World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modem Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and events that have created the modern United States. 226 Asian and ~sian-~merican'wornen in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii, Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to d o readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must b e approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 322 Modem Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modem China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modem Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role ofwomen and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.history (excluding foreign policy: s e e History 332). The specific topics to b e offered will b e announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. 347 Mexico: a Historical Perspective (See under Program in Global Community) 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development ul Alcxa~idcr'sLmpirc, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as lhc wnl-Id's qrcatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the 31'1s iliicl S C ~ C I ~ C Carid S Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program. 412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of EngC ~ L I I -Emphasis SC. la~tcl'ssubsctl~lent1,olein Ihe world economy and on the English literary ~ r r ~ a i s s a ~ofi cEIlzaI~ettrari c and early Stuart periods. 416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century The study of this centurv a s the most critical ~ e r i o din the rise of the mode l . ~statc: ~ L ~ n l ~ h a sisl salso placed on the el;1ergence of modern science aud I l s efiecl o n lritetlectual history. The chronological boundaries may be I listed as 1560-1714. - 431 European Urban History A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the c u l t u l ~of cltics ill L I I I ( ~ I Cfrom the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with for.1~.or1 spcrifir. tiistorir. cities a s examples. The course is designed for histnly students, iiil~nnstudy majors, and those who desire a backgrounrl Lo cnrich I ~ ~ l u11r avcl. c 440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics a s Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and t h e Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems a t the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. 499 lndependent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed lndependent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. Humanities (HUM) Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson),John Benson The Humanities mqjor provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disclplines approach similar questionsand issues, and to participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own mqjor by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study, and then by taking courses in various departments relating to that theme. The mqjor was created especially to encourage students not mqjoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second m qjor. Maor: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to satisfy the requirement. Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular theme or perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine courses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook. A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is significantly different from the other major. 275 Perspectives on the Humanities An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, dependin upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and values $om the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines. ' Interdisciplinary Studies (INS) (See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and Women's and Minority Studies) International Relations Norma C. Noonan (Director) International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and seven electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia. and others. Recent students have had double mqjors in History, Political Science, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the International Relations major. Major: 13courses. (1) 6 required courses: ECO 122 or 123: HIS 103 or 104; POL 158 or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modem foreign language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350, 351,381,382; SOC 336; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a second modern language. Minor: Required ECO 122 or 123, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for the major. Not more than 2 courses from any department could count toward the minor. N o t e : Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 14 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program. Mathematics and Computer Science Department At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value ofmathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for any liberally-educatedperson. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on the development of civilization, and the development of computers has begun to influence modem society. To the extent that a liberal education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of these influences is important. An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. To this end, the department of Mathematics and Computer Science serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Majors within this department are prepared for work in industry, service professions, or graduate study, with opportunities to focus on either the theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. The department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of careers. Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty: Lawrence Copes (Chairperson), Lany Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Henry Follingstad, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland Mathematics Mqjor: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314, 324.Also required: CSC 170 or 270.The following courses d o not count toward this major: 104,114,121,122,131,174,175. For teaching licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Stu- dents wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. Computer Science Mqjor: 9 courses including 240,345,350,445, 450;270 or BUS 175: 3 electives from 340,352,395,495,497,MAT 355,PHY 261,and BUS 479 or SOC 363.Also required: MAT 174,175 (or MAT 124,125,224and CSC 170);MAT 215;BUS 279 or MAT 373 or SOC 362. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation in a department seminar. Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,175) 224.The following courses do not count towards the minor: 104,114, For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must 121,122,131. be selected from 215,314,351,373,441. Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or MAT 175), 240,345,350,and one course from BUS 279,any CSC course over 260,MAT 355,PRY 261,or SOC 363. Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling in any course in this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/ or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0or higher to count a s a prerequisite. The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the test for entry to courses are: I1 for course 104;111 for courses 114,121, 122,131;IV for courses 124,174.Students whose score is V, or who have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should consult with the department about appropriate courses. Any exceptions to course or placement test score prerequisites must be approved by the instructor. Mathematics (MAT) 104 Intermediate Algebra A revicw of basic ari tlimetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including cxponc~ils,radlcals, and rational expressions: algebraic processes lncludinn factoring: solving equalions and inequalltles in one variabIe, inclurlirig litiear and quadratic; anti graphs of linear and quadralic equations and Ilnear Ineq~iall(lcsin Lwo varlabtes. Does not satrsiy Lhe getieral etl~tcahinllrcquireincr~lin mathen~atics.Adnllssion only via Augsl~urgMall~emalicsPlacetnenl Exam. (I'rerecl.: Placement Oroup II, P/fl gradingonty, Fall) 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For sludents planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 104 or Placemenl Group I l l ) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group I l l ) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a slngle varlable wlth applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Sttade!its wlto have compleled 124 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: liI4 or Placcmcnt firotlp I l l ) 124,125,224 Calculus I, 11,111 Differential and inlcgtal calarlus, including calculus of several variables and series, with applications primarily Crom the physical sciences, Inlegrated with Lopics from plane anrl solid analylic geomelly. Prilllarily for students in thc natiiral sciences. (Prcrcq,: I 1 4 or Placemerit Group IV for 124: 1 2 4 for 125; 1 2 5 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 1 3 1 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group Ill. Spring) 174,175 Mathematics for Computing 1. I1 A studv of discrete and continuous mathematics with a ~ ~ l i c a t i o to n scom. puter science, integrated with learning a higher level'programming language. Primarily for students planning to major in computer science. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174: 174 for 175. 174, Fall; 175, Spring) 2 1 1 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor) 215 Elementany Linear Algebra A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications: solutions by special integral transforms: systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 314 Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such a s groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324 Analysis An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis, Includes a rigorous study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 351 Modem Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years, Spring 1988) 355 Numerical Analysis A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's mettiod, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and intearation. (Prerea.: 175; or 224, CSC 170. Fall) - 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or 224. Fall) 399 Internship Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project. 4 4 1 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, completion or concurrent registration; or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 4 8 1 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314,324; or consent of instructor. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science (csc) 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, a s well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count towards either a computer science major or minor. 170 Structured Programming and Discrete Mathematles An ItiLroclucllon to cornl>ule~' languages and algorithms. and dlscrcte inatllemalics topics ir~~ltictir~g loglc, scls, functions, relations, statistlcs. niatriccs, combinatorics, graphs and trres. Applicatinns from matticmatics, business. and natural scicticcs. I'rognmlniny in a higher lcvel tanguage such as rascal. [Prercq.: MAT 3 24. Spring) 174.175 Mathematics for Computing I, 11 (See MAT 174, MAT 175) 240 Survey of Computer Science AII Introdiicllon Lo conipil ter organizatiori and structure. assembly and n~acfilnclanguages, co~nplllerlogic design, number and character represeritallons, arid f~~nctions ofcoinpoi~entsorcm-rtplltcrsystems. Continued u t p~cq~clrntni~~t roncel~ts.( Prereq.: MAT 175, or clevclnprnenl o f slr ~ ~ c led AT 12 I, MAT 124, and Vascal bolh 170 and MA'I' 124: or eqvivulcril programming course. Fall) 2 6 1 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 270 FORTRAIY Study ofthe FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175. Interim) 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Princi~lesand methods of data communications. distributed ~rocessina systems, network protocols and security, and general compukr interfa; ing. (Prereq.240. Fall) 345 Comp~rterSystems and Assembly Language Sill vey nrr:omputess. latigltages, systems, and epplications. Development or competence in asscrnhly language programming. Elements of compr~te?' operalion. including input-rlutput, interrupts, and an introduction to npcrating Tystems. (I'rcrcq,: 240.F.1111 350 Data Strt~cturesand File Processing Concepts and algorilllms used it1 LIle S O ! U ~ ~ornon-numerical D~ problems. Applicalions to cla ta manngetncnl syslelns, file organlzalion, inrormallon rclricval, list processing, pxogramrninq languages, and storage devices. (rrereq.:240. Spring) 352 Database Management and Design Slnic1ul.e afdatahase managelnel!l systems,query facilities, file organi~~Y. the develepmenl of an elementary database ration and S E C ~ ~ TInrli~ding system. (240 is recotnme~~dcd helore 552 is ialrcn. Spring) 395 Topics Study of intermediate topics, from such areas a s computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 399 Internship Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project. 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements or operating systems, melnoiy aticl process management, interactions nnrong ti~a[orcornpnnelils of conipr~tersystems. and a detailed sli~rlyof tlte eflecls oir:ompuler arc!iilectlirf rl11 operating systems. Prereq.: 345, MAT 2 IS. Spring) ~ - - - 4 5 0 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.: 350, MAT 215. Fall) 4 9 5 Topics Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of a n area from o n e of the other courses. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 497 Research Project An extensive group o r individual project selected in consultation with a faculty member in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. Ifdirectly supervised by a faculty member the course may b e taken for credit. (Prereq.: 345,350. Spring) 4 9 9 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. MetromUrban Studies (INS) Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to blend classroom and field experience, theory and internships which focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in Planning, Architecture, Law, Public Administration, Environmental Studies, Social Welfare, Government, Community Organization, and Theology. The program and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs, equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand the metropolitan community. Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the college's location. Metro Urban Studies Faculty: Gany W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel Major: 15 courses, including 1 0 core requirements: ECO 123, 279 or SOC 362; HIS 431: POL 122,384 or SOC 363: SOC 111,381: a minimum of one course of internship or independent study: two non-socia1 science courses with an urban emphasis, a t least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include ART 102, BIO 105, ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly recommended. To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum ofthree disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, a s well a s those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). Minor: To b e linked with appropriate majors (such a s business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111,381;an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the director. 199 Internship Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Pall, Interim, Spring and Summer) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC 111or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer) 399 Internship Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor, Fall, Interim, Spring) - 498 Independent Study Metropolitan Resources An independcnLIy dcsignrd cou~.scra sluclerit (or group ofstudents) develops, ~nalrinqextetisivc, systen~aticancl irrtegraled i~tllizallonof resources available ir! the metrclpolitarl comin~rnlly.e.y. leclures. symposia, perrorlliab~ces,hearings. 1-hesc resatlrces I)ecolne t h e core of Lhe course, supplcmcntetl Ily trarlltlonal college resources. The course is designed in co!iqultallon with anrl evalualed I>y a department faculty member. .(IJrercti.:SQC 1 I t or 121 and consent or Instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 Independent Study Student must prescllt written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodoloqy oC Lhe proposed stildy according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC. I l l or 1 2 1 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Urban Studies Options Through HECUA Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),a consortium of 16 college and universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director is serving a fourth term a s HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics, Included are government and institution publications, joumal articles and books. 359 FleId SemlnanTwln CRlea Metropolitan Area Using llw c~?mrnunTty as a classroom, slitdents visit agencies, talk with specialists In varlot~snclds, and investigate current Issues in Lhe Twin Cities area. Topics include: gcograptry. government, econo~mics,historic ethnic comrnunilies, Lransportallon, planning prescrvation. pop~~ralions, and soclal senriccs. 399 Internship Students are placed in a varlepy of public and private agencies for work experience. A lcarnlng contracl is developect with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an intcmshlp of one or two courses. 11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia. 372 Nonvegian Language Intensive language i~islmctlonat beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on co~~versalional listening and speaking skills. Students with aclvanccd Norwegian Ianguagc proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Note: For Language Credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department. 377 Scandinavia in the World Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints a s small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, confllcl resolutinn ancl amls control, EastWest relations, European security, Irade. and the 'l'hird World. Emphasis on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussions with advocates of competing perspectives. 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway a s reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theater, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a vanety of media. 394 Urbanizatioq and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices a s a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative perspective. 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of conducting independent study research, using Norwegian language skills, on a topic approved by the GUST Program Director and the appropriate home college faculty adviser. 111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the c i t y program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 2 6 1 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 361 Introduction to Columbia Overview of Columbia and economic development. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Lalin American City Structirrcrl licld cnirrsc lncusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Rogc>ta, witti ficld trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparisoti. Visits to varior~stypes of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 Independent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. IV. W o m e n and Work in A m e r i c a n Society (WWAS) Women and Work in American Society is an interdisciplinary spring semester program in San Francisco. The program focuses on the challenges that face women today and examines the impact of women in the workplace and on American society as a whole. (See also Women's and Minority Studies) 384 Women and Work Seminar focusing upon the various roles of women from diverse cultures, social classes, and historic periods through readings, guest lecturers, and site visits in the Bay Area. 385 Research Seminar A research seminar in field study through individual and group research i n the community on work and social change. 399 Internship (See MUST 399) V. Literature, I d e o l o g y and Society in Latin A m e r i c a (LISLA) This Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and Grenada, Immersion in Spanish language and Columbian culture are stressed. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 360 Latin Amerlcan Literature! Ferspecttves on Social Change Sclcctcd works nT literature and Uiealer illat express wrllers' and artists' perspeclivcs an Lalin American society anrl social changc. Ernptiasis on contemporary prriotl wllh cnnsirleral>le flcld stutly. lucl~tdltigInlervicws w l l l ~corn~nunilysits and "sl reet ll~ealevgroups, wrl tcrs, l i t r ~ a i ycritlcs, ccrmposcxs, pe~fonnersand film-nialccrs; s~nall-$grouplicld dssignments on currcnt arts activities: sile vislts lo museLlm and gaite~yext~lllits,inovies, plays, coriccrls arid a v a r I ~ t yafcor~~niutriiy arts evetits. 364 Lattn American A r t s and Society Introdclces lheoretical Iramcworlrs for examining Ll?erelationships among arts. idcology and socicly. rrovidcs historical background tl~rough survey of Latin Atncsican tho~1g11C In nra jor arlisllc periods: CoIonlal, Rcpi~bllcan, Ron~anlic,I'nsilivisl, Mr~dernlst,"lndlget~lsrno," Ileclllst and C(lntcmpnr a y . Readings ancl seniiriar 3ectui-tl-dlscussion~. 367 IdeoIogles of Sorlal Change In h t l n Amerlca Introductinn to lhe study (11 ideology and lllslorical overview of Latin Arncrirall ideologies, especially In relation to issues of developmenl and soclal change. Cemparativc slirdy of current ideologiral dcbatcs and their Impacl. with special atlcntion to diff~~sio~lism. "dcpendencia. ' Marxism anrl liheralion theology. Field study crnpllasites local resources, incl uding intcrvicw-discussior~swith proponents of compcling icIcnlogies; interviews witti ynvrrnmcrik, huslncss. churcl~and community people: site vlsits Lo psojccts rclierting itIeolagy+ln-pr;lcLlce. 499 Independent Study By special permission from LlSLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent study research instead. Music Department (nus) Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an important component of personal, social, and intellectual development. The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human historv and culture. In addition. all students of the colleae community have the opportunity of in choral and instruhental ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. The music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with a preparation for a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Student majors may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts - Music Major: Bachelor of Music - Performance Major: Bachelor of Music - Music Education Major: and Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy Major. In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music, and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an excellent preparation for satisfying and effective service in many occupational areas. Music Faculty: Rokrt Karlkn (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Michael Brand, Laint: Bryce, Wayne Dalton, Stephen Gabrielsen. Thomas Gilkey, Medlce Rlemp, Angela Kretsrhmar, Nichotas Lenz, Cynthia Lohman, Paul Liohman, Steven Luud, Roberta Metzler, Kathryn PHckelson, Elizabeth Proctor Murphy, Celeste O'Brien, Marlene Pauley, Pauline Sateren, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, Daniel Sturm, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level 11 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the department during the sixth term of study. Department approval and a cumulative QPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 1 0 1 or 102. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. Auditions are scheduled, following application, during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration. Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense: an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15 minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert: or combinations of the above. Degree and Major Requirements Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101, 102, 111,112, 201, 211,231,232,311,312,341,342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance studies and recital requirements a s given under each specific degree and major. (See Applied Music section) French or German study a s stated in general education requirements. Bachelor of Arts Music Major offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose this course of study. Music Major: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus 1course credit of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458. Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101,102,111,112: 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble con- current with 4 quarter courses in performance studies. Bachelor o f Music M u s i c Education M a j o r offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary levels. M u s i c E d u c a t i o n M a j o r : 1 7 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202,212; Performance studies - 4 half courses, 2 full courses, and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a halfjunior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459: Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium; Vocal emphasis - 251,252,253,254,435 Instrumental emphasis - 151,155and 1course credit of music elective Other requirements: 1 0 112 course credits: PSY 105, HPE 114,115, EDS 265,354,355,356,357 or358,388,478,481,482,483.Consult the Education Department, Music Department Guides and program adviser. Performance M a j o r is designed for students who display advanced competence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance. M u s i c Performance Major: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202,212; Performance studies - 6 full courses and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice: full junior and senior recitals 358, 459: Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major performance medium: Voice - 251, 252, 253, 254,435, one course of music elective, 2 courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements Piano or Organ - 301,302,436, 456, one half course credit of music elective Instrument - 301,302, one and one-half course credits of music electives Bachelor of Science M u s i c T h e r a p y M q j o r fulfills all academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, and prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the certification Board for Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music therapists. M u s i c T h e r a p y Mqjor: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music elective; two of 151, 155, 156: 271, 274, 275, 372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance studies 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a minimum grade of 2.0 in each music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105, 362; BIO 103: SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. Applied Music Ensembles: One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121, 141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or PIN grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of 2 course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies: All students enrolled in Performance studies for credit are required to satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music major or minor) student must take private lessons for no credit (PIN grading only) and is not required to fulfill the additional performance and listening requirements. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit - one half-hourlesson and three hours of practice per week. One quarter c o u r s e credit - one half-hour lesson and 4 hours of practice per week. One half c o u r s e credit - two half-hour lessons and 8 hours of practice per week. One c o u r s e credit (B.M.only) - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must perform at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, each year in a general student recital, and a s additionally required by the instructor. Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required to attend 10 designated music events during the aca- demic year. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies. Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. recitals. Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. B.A. a n d B.S. Candidates - one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level Ill. B.M. Music Education M d o r - one halfjunior recital 358 at repertoire level 111 and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV. B.M. Performance Major - full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals 358,459. Keyboard Proficiency: B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by attaining a minimum grade of 2.5 in 155 or in each of two semesters of piano or organ performance studies. Music Courses (MUS) Theory 101 Materials of Music 1 (112 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. (Fall) 102 Materials of Music 11 (112 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants a n d simple modulations. (Spring) 111 Aural Skills 1 (112 co~rrsel Rhythmic and mclarlic diclation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and Iia~?-nonicdictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registmiinn in or ro~nplelionof 101. Fall) 112 Aural Skills 11 (112 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring) 201 Materials of Music I11 (112 course) Continuation of 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102. Fall) 202 Form and Analysis (112 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th Century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring) 211 Aural Skills 111 (112 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Fall) 212 Aural Skills N (112 course) Further development of listening skills to parallel pro ress in 202. (Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion 09202. Spring) 301 Coonterpolnt X (112 course) lFlh thxnt~gll18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double countcrpoinl, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211. Alternate years. Pall 1986) 302 Counterpoint I l ( l / 2 course) Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Alternate years. Spring 1987) 311 Composition 1 (112 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. (Fall) 312 Composition 11 (112 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Spring) 341 Basic Conducting (112 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall) 342 Choral Conducting (112 course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class a s the choir. (Spring) 344 Instrumental Conductina 11/2 course) Preparation of and conducc& instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theory-composition is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music. 401 Counterpoint Ill (112 course) Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall) 402 Counterpoint N (112 course) Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 401. Spring) 411 Composition 111 (112 course) Individual and class instruction in all styles. (Prereq.: 312. Fall) 412 Composition IV (112 course) Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.:411. Spring) History and Literature 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other Rne arts. For non-music majors. 230 Electronics in Music Exploration and creatloll of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The study arid appllcatlori of practical electronic technology used in music will he comhlncd wilfi acsttielic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. Vor non-music majors. 231 Hlstorv and Literature of Music 1 A stud; of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Fall) 232 History and Literature of Music I1 Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 102,112. Spring) 330 Ethnic Music Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general a s well a s the music student. (Interim) The following four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music. (Prereq.: 231,232.) 331 Music of the Baroque Era (112 course) (Alternate years, Fall 1987) 332 Music of the Classical Period (112 course) (Alternate years, Spring 1988) 333 Music of the Romantic Period (112 course) (Alternate years, Fall 1988) 334 Music of the 20th Century (112 course) (Alternate years, Spring 1987) 432 Church Mlrslc and Worship I3evelopment and innrncc ol cliurch music a s evidenced in contemporary worship practices. ncsfgnecI lor the general a s well a s the music and theo l o a s t ~ l d c ~(Spring) ~t. 435 Voice Repertoire (112 course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Fall 1986) 436 Piano Repedalre (1 /2course) Study of Ihe pia~lolltcrati~refrorn the 17th Century to the present by listening, analy~ingarrd perlorniin<g.(Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 498.499 Independent Study (112 course each) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. Technique 151 Voice Class Methods (114 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. 155 Plano Crass Methods (1/4course) I3asic Ireyl>oarrl famlliar'ity, sirnptc accompaniment and music reading slillls necessary to ~necispecilic dcgrce requirements. 156 Guitar Class Methods (114 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. 251 Englllsh Diction (1/4course) Furirlarnc~italcourse In correct standard English diction for singing. FamiIiarlzalion with tile Ir~ternatianalPhonetic Alphabet. Open to all students regi~tercdfor vocal ln5tructlon. The following three courses are continuations of251 with application for the Italian, German and French languages. 252 Italian Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 253 German Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1988) 254 French Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987) 358 Junior Recital B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111 for Music Education Majors or full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course credit. 456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2course) Principles, melliods, nlatel'iats and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of vtlriotzs petlngngical scl~onls or thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Afternale years, Spring IDRR) 458 Senior Recital Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level Ill. No course credit. 459 Senior aecltar (112 course credit) B.M. rarirfidalcs only. I<ccitalmust be preceded by a prerecital hearing by facully ro~nnliLlec,lieperloire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V for Mlrslc Yerioi-rnancciria[ors. Therapy 170 M u s k Therapy: A Cltalcal Overvfew A suivey of Ll~cmusic. Lhc~apyprograms In Winnesota, with fleld trips to variotts instllullorls. An Introrluctory course [or the freshmen and sophomores considei'i~i~j music thcrapy as a major to give students a htoad bacRgmtrnd 111Llie ways In wliiili irlt~slcis ii.<ed a s a tlierapy. (Intcriln) 271 Musk Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course) Study of nnn.s)~mphorticinstrutneuts, OrfF-Schulwerk,applications of recreational nlusic activities ta clinical settings. 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 372 Psycholaglcal Foundations or Music 1 An ol~jectlveapproach Lo musical slimirli and response, with an emphasis aspecls of music. An understanding on a r c > ~ ~ s tanrl l ( ~ sociopsychological s of Lhe tcscarrh pmccss and dcvelop~nentof an experimental research project. 373 Psvcholoalcal PoundaCEons of Music I1 lriii>tenien~mion of !lrotq>ant1 individual research projects, emphasis on a ti~~rltidisci~~lir~ary apploacl~to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talertl, and perlomiance. 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 472 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy. 473 Rusk Therapy Senior SemOnar <:lass discirssirrns of theories and research a s they apply to therapeutic seltings lticl~~diny discussion ~Tpl'ofessionalethics. A holistic approach to therapy with n ~ u s i c . 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114course each) Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. (Prereq.: 3 of274,275,374,375) 479 Music Therapy CLinical Znternshlp (1J2 course) PII~I-time placemen1 In all MAN?' intcmship setting for six months. Appli~atIonfor In(crns11lp sites must bc made ninc monihs In advance. Sites in Mln~lcsotaare linlileti. (Prercq.:Co~nplelionof all other graduation requirements) Ensembles (MUE) & Performance Studies (MUP) Ensembles: These musical organizations exist not only for the ben- efit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special circumstances may permit entering a t other times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includes interims. While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy the major, minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent. 111Augsburg Choir (114 course) 112 chorale (114 course) 114 Festival Choir (0) 1 2 1 Orchestra (1/4course) 122 String Ensemble (0) 131 Woodwind Ensemble (0) 1 4 1 Concert Band (114 course) 142 Brass Ensemble ( 0 ) 143 Jazz Ensemble (0) Performance Studies: Private instruction for credit is graded tradi- tionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor on a no credit - P/N basis only. (Group lessons, at a reduced fee, a r e available in some areas on the same basis.) All lessons a r e adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearinn credit are supplementea by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Representative programs of study in private instruction are outlined In Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - enter I and attain 111; B.M.-Education Major - enter I1 and attain IV; B.M. Performance Major - enter II and attain V. l l x Voice 12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, Bass 13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon, Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute. Recorder. Horn l 4 x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone, Baritone, Tuba 15x Piano 16x Guitar 17x Percussion 18x Organ Note carefully the following provisions: 1. Instrument rental, practice room reservations and performance study regis- tration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office. 2. Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA average 063.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen. 3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons. Any lessons during the interim or summer are arranged privately with the teacher. 4. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance: otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. 5. The music faculty reserves the right to limit or even prohibit performance outside the department if it interferes with musical growth for the student. The department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. Natural Science Kenneth N. Erickson (Coordinator) The Natural Science Licensure Program for teachers is designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching and Lo ssffsfy Minnesota licensure requirements. In addition lo the broad basic background in science, the program is designed to allow fur specialization In a mqjor and for study in the liberal arts. Licensurc Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board oFTeaching has approved the Ilcensure program for scknce teachers and au- thorlzed Augsburg to recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12:Lire Science (minor), grades 7-12: Physical Science, Chemistry rnaJor or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12: Physics (minor), grades 7-1 2; and Science (Grades 5-91. Students planning to teach Natural Science must complete the Broad Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. The program of courses Is designed to provide a broad. basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area, The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements or the coltege and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. Consull with the I>epartrnenlof Education for requirements In Eclucatlon. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106): 2 in life science (810 111,112):4 in physical science (PHY 121,122 and CHM 115,116or 105,106).To make the program slightly more flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute PHY 103 for 121,122. Llfe Science Emphasis: Broad Base plus 8 courses, 1 cognate; 7 RIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following gwups: (13 351 or 353;(11) 355 or474; (111) 361 or 481: (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis Chemistry Maor: Broad Base plus 7 courses and chemistry seminar, CHM 351,352,353,361and 364 (or BIO 367),482,PHY 245. Physical Science Emphasis Physics Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses, PHY 245,351,362,395and three additional to be selected from 261,270,352,363,481,486,488. Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemis- - - - Physics ma-jor. The stutry major or Physical Science Emphasis dent licensed in PRysical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. Science (Grades 5-9): Broad Base plus 7 courses, 2 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106,the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in life science (and two biology courses above 112):3 in physical science (CHM 353;PHY 245). Licensure with Minor: For life science, Broad Base plus 7 courses in and 364 or Biology; for chemistry, Broad Base plus 351,352,353,361 482: for physics, Broad Base plus any four courses above 122. Nursing Department (NUR) Augsburg offers an upper division rnqjor in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree, The program is accredited by the MationaI League for Nursing, Graduates of tlie program are eligibte lo apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota. Requirementsfor admission to the major are: completion of an assuclate degree or diploma program In nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5:a current license to practice as an R,N. in the state af Minnesota: and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, rnicmbiotogy, English composition, Introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augshurg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major, The prerequisite courses in soci- ology. psychology, English, chemistry and Zrinlogy listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well a s toward admission to the major. All prerequisite collrses must have been completed at the 2.0 level. Courses with gracles k t o w 2.0 must be satisfactortly repeated or chab lenged. In addition, each applicant milst successfu!lyvalidate their theoretical knowledge via d t t e n testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Aagsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursingcllnical practice within t h e past Five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experlencz, or 3)cornpIetlon of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent, Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marjorie Audette, Helen Woelfel Mqjor: 1 0 courses in nursing including 305,306, 31.0,311,330,350, 403,404, 423, 427: PSY 355 or an approved upper division biology course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483.A mfnimrlm grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in interpersonal communications are supportive to the major. Courses in the nursing major are designed s o that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time study. Students interested in pursuing day, summer, or weekend part-time study should consult with an adviser from the nursing department for program planning. Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall: appli- cation to the department chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis. 306 Contemporary Nurslng I: Communlcatlon A l r a n s i l i o ~ ~raol u ~ ~ lhal s c In2roduccs 111c components of the professional ralc and bcgins Lhe p ~ o l c s s i n nsocialiration ~~l process. The c o r n n ~ u ~ ~ i c a tit>llprocess is emphasized as onc mean%by which (he nurse-ctienl rela. tionsflip Is negotlalcd. Ililesarlive attd grnilp communication Lhcories are explnr'ecl Inr tllcir appllrallllity to chailginq laIcs and prolession.il practice. (7'rlI<eli~ I I D I LO o r ~ r ~ i ~ ~ t ? i t wlth e r l lS i y10). 306 Contemporary N~rrslng 11: WradEgms in Nursing At? introduction to Lllearies ar~clcc~rlccpli~al thinlting In Lhe process of professitma1 developmcllt. The i~lnctionof theoty In guidlng nlirsir~g practirr i s emphasized. Sclecled nursing cc~nrcplualrrlotlels are sludiccl and Lhelr applicaticln to praclice is cxiirniricd i ~ s i t the ~ q ntlrsing process fonnal. ( t*~ereq..3051 310 Community Health flursing I The l o c ~ of ~ s[Iris course is on com~nunityhealth delivery syslems and the ~racticeni uuhlic hcal(l1ni~rsina.Svslerns t l i e n ~ v. chanae and cnnccois c ~ f i~cal th are kxalnintd as they apply 10 ctlrrenL co;nmurii~ health prod~cms atid Iss~res.Cllnical application or course conlenl involves inalting a heallli assessmetit anti prcpat ing a pilhllc health uurslrig case sludy. Cthical Issues relalcd to r:o~tirnu~~ity heal111 dcdsion-making wllll rlgg~egalc graups are explored. (I'rereq.: 505 or concilnen t enrollmen( l 311 Commirnfty Health lYurslng1r: Practtcam* This course provirlcs a basis for untle~sia~ldirig community charactcrlstics ancl c r ~ l l i r ~ rrtiverslty rl rulalerl ta t ~ c a l l hcare. The nurse's role as a gcner~t alist and as a mcrnbe~of the health learn is cxplorerl. The S t i l d e ~ will detnonstratc hnowl~dgco l ~ o r n m i r t ~ ihealth ty concepts in provlditig care to o selcctcd cascload of clicnts. (PIe~eq.:305,506 nr concurrent cnrotlment, 310,330) 330 Trends and Issues In Nursing Is designed to Ir~vestl~ate the current responsibilities of the prolessinnal nurse. Contem[)orary economic, social, political, and professional trends and Isstics arc explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. T h i s course 350 lntrnduct~onto Nursing Research The rcseilrrh process ant1 methods appropriate to nursingare the focus of this course. Issues of etfllts irr tiufiing researcli are exploredmStilrlents crifor its a[lplicability to niirsing practice. (Prereq.: tique n ~ ~ ~ srcscarcZ~ ing 305,310,330) 403 Contemporary Nursing 1111 Families Tlri5 course provides a aIlenrPtiwl basls for fainily nursing care. Content Includes Camlly as a prinrary group and famiIy dy~lamlcsin light of situatiolial clevclopmcnl evcnts. Consirleration is given to the role of the nurse in fanlily health lare. (ScnIo~'staridlt~g.To Ilc tatten prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Flr~rsIng N: Leadership and Management l'his coilrss provlrles a Il~eoretlralbasis lor leadership and managemenl as crnerging prolessional, nurse roles. Concepls nl change, confllel, comr n u ~ i i c ~ i t iand o r ~ s p t c n i dynamlcs arecxplorccl. Ethics, accouritahllity arid advocacy provide Llle basis fm' i'oic dcvelnpmtlrtt arid professir~naIlstn. (Prereq.: 403) 423 Practicum in Nursina I: Nursina of the Familv* A clinical practicum o?fering the &dent an opfortunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing - care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.;403) 427 Pxacticum In Nursing [I: Leadershipand Management* 'Fitis cli~ilcalpmctlcum t~llllrfsknnwlr:dge and skills from 404. Opportunity is pi ovidcd lo apply Icarlcrslilp and management theory i n a selected aqcncy scttin$\. (I'rercq.: 404) 432 Topic5 In Pturslng course cicsig~ieclto provide In-depth exploration of selected topics in nttrsinq. The s ~ ~ b ] c csti~died ts wlll vary dcpcnding upon the needs and intel'csls ol'the ra~ultyand 3Ltrdents. (Prcrcq.:Senior standing or consent of Il~struf:tor.On de~nand) A 499 Independent Study "Thislearning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a seleclcd topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit wiittcn study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. 'If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Occupational Therapy Adaptlng to disabilities and reshaping lives so that they are productive and meaningful are some of the goals of the occupational therapist. Occupational therapy is an applied s c h c e that teaches people skflls to enable them to perholm the tasks of everyday living when a physical or emotional disahflity has arected tllem, The l~ltirnategoal of the occupational tllera. pist is to provide people with the necessary skills to develop a sense of wlloleness and independence. Given the orienbtfon of this applied science to development of the abilities ofthe whole person, it is appropriate that such a career preparation be founded In the liberal a*. Augsburg College has a cooperative 3-2 arranwment with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri,to allow stu- dents to earn a achel lor of ~ r t degree s from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. Students spend their first three years at Augsburg College pursuing the academic major of their choice ancl meeting general education requirements in t h e liberal arts. A student may choose any major at Augsburg College while gaining the minimum prerequisite caurses for the OCCupationat Therapy degree. Students are encouraged to consult the program adviser and plan their programs carefully dnce tillfflling necessary requirements in three years may he difficult in certain majors, Majors in Dialogy, Psychology, and Sociology offer the least complicated afternatives. Students accepted into the 3-2 program are guaranteed admission to the Washington University program provided they have met course requirements, have at least a 3.0 average, and are recommended by the Augsburg College adviser. Prerequisite courses for the Washington University Occupational Therapy Program: ENG 111,810 111,112, and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or 115; PRY 103; PSY 105,351,362; SOC 121,241; SOC 362 or MAT 373. Philosophy Department (PHI) The department of Philosophy is devoted to instructing students in the discipline of critical thinking in relation to the traditional areas of philosophy: theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and logic. By exposing our students to the great thinkers of the past as well as the present, the department of philosophy endeavors to instill a sense of critical analysis and a love of truth. Since the object of the liberal arts cumculum aims at promoting proficiency in those actions most condign to human dignity, the Philosophy department, with its emphasis upon the analytical contemplation of truth, must always play a crucial role in helping students to focus their thinking with respect to what truth there is to be found in the depth of human experience and in the world both here and beyond, that encompasses human destiny. By infusing in students the desire to fulfill the maxim of Delphi, "Know Thyselfl" the study of philosophy furthers in a unique way the quest of liberal arts to express without constraint the fullness of the human potential for perfection. At Augsburg the philosophy mqjor is founded upon the principle that philosophy is best learned at the feet of the masters. Therefore, the core of the mqjor consists of four courses in the history of philosophy leading from the ancient Greeks and Romans, through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to Modernity. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand, and criticize the great texts of the finest minds in Western civilization. In addition, mqjors are expected to prepare themselves in the discipline of philosophy by taking the various seminars which the department offers as well as exploring the opportunities to study tutorially with the individual members of the Philosophy faculty. This mqjor has been carefully planned so that students can easfly supplement the study of philosophy with other studies. Maom are educated with the demands of further graduate study in mind. However, many philoscphy mqjilors plan to go on to other proksdonal studies such as law or medicine. Many enter thc market place, reeling that the study of philosophy has given thcm the ability to think critically in all areas of human affairs. Philosophy Faculty: Mark Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach Mqjor: 9 courses, including 130, 141, 242, 343, 444, and another course in the 400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division. Honors MaJor: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendalinn of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made a t Lhc end of Lhejunior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the studenl's choice, invofvIng research above t h e course level, and a defense o l this thesis before the faculty of the department. Minor: 5 courses, including two from 141,242,343,and 444. Note: 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for hlfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introdnctlon to Philosophyz Ideas and Method Though carh person has his or her own set of ldcas and beliefs, rarely have they beeti critically analyzed or evalualed tor their cnnsislency, adcquacy or lrulli. Onc rcason Tor this is thal indivldl~alslack thc needed slrills. Another Is that Lhey rnay havc had 1fttIe opportunity to examinccrit. lrally somc of the ideas basic to western c.ulture. T11r llurposes of this course are l o prnvide Lhe studcnl with somc cxpcrience i n cxamininq ideas. slid thereby to sharpen the critical ant1 analylical skills reqr~iredto evaluate and cnnstrucl a system of ideas and hellcls. 120 Ethics This course studies the possible grounds for making moral decisions and moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. I t also investigates the nature of happiness and its relation to the moral life. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must YOLIPWhen does a conclusion validly follow from premises? t lere wc txalnlne the rules which govern valid arguments and work lo devclop your abiltly to recognize and construct sound arguments. 141 InhoducHon to Phltosophy Readings En Cluss!cal Texts The writings of Plato atrrl Aristotle are I h e foundatlor~s of all pfiilosophlcal t s rcad and anaLheuglrt in westel.tl civilizalion. In this course s t ~ ~ d c nwill lyze some of Liie ltey worlrs by Plato and Aristotte, In additiol~.o1I1er phltosophical scl~oolsof thought in the ancient rvrrrIrl will bc sturlletl: Stolcisrr~,Epicureanism and Ncoplatonism in order to brnillarize the slttclent with the other elements that cnrlslitutc classical philnsnphy, hit aclvar~ced Irllroductery course in Y hiloso~rliy(or honor sllldcnts. Ihose contt~nplaling a philosophy niqlor 01'rnlrior and those slucienls wishing a more indepth approach to phllosnpl~yat Ilic tntrodt~cto!ylevel. Excludes sttidents cnrollecl Tor 110. (Pall) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 242 Hlstory or Phllbsoptryt Meditwal and Renaissance Philosophy The Middte Ages war; n p e ~ i o dor great assimilatio~~ and synlhcsis O! e i e nienls of Christian revelation, classical pl~ilosopliy and Islarriic~ulLure.In this course sludcnts wi31 rcad wr-ilings by SL. An.jelm, 5I. Rn~iavetiture,Occam, Si. Tliort~asnquinas a ~ r t[Yictrols l of L u w In order to unrlerstand the pi ocess 01p l i l l o s o p l i i r ~assimlfat l lor] Involverl In conslnlcting a Cl~risllan pl~ilosophy.Since ttic Renaissance was a period of ititensifirat!on of the mcdieval synu~eslssluclcnls will bc exposer1 I n Hie ll,nuglit of Pico, Pfcino and Oninn. (Spring) - 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 343 History of Philosophy: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowtedge begin? In Innate Ideas or with cxperlence? What ran we really Isnaw al)oul tlie world? WIml impact did RornantIclsm have on phifosophy? This coilrsc studles the inaJor empiricists of the 18th cenhkry (Lache. Berkeley, 3tunie). Kanl's synthesis or pllilvsnphy, 19Lh century idealism, and the reaction to Iclealisr?~by meti such as Marx, ICieritegJ5i-d arid flictzschc. (Fall. Suggested prior course, I4 1 nr 242.1 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what car1 be said a bout him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with hutnan anrl animal suffet'in~?Is man realIy immorlal? Arc miracles pnssitllc? W e will conduct a sysletnatic Inquiry into Lhese queslions which fotin the basts of religious beliefs. (S~rggcstecf: one prior course In philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 362 %IItical Philosophy By rludying the ivritin~soipolitical philnsaphers Cram antiquity up to the moriern periorl studenls wlll be asked Lo cxanilne crucial uestions con01 I~urnanS~rieky.The relallon the nature of cei.niriq Lhc ~r'gal~kaiion the slijte lo religiort, the home arid lhe clty wilt b t Inohed at through the eyes of Plato, I\ristoLle, Clcero, Dantv and Maclilaveli. 365 Phllosophy of Science The scienlist's hnnwleclye of the world is purported to be profoundly different ant1 beller tha~iIirat of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studles in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existcnliallsl aulhors. We ucrEIl exatnine what it means to be a being-in-theworld, arid cxplorc such thcmcs as absutdity, freedom, guilt, despair and pamclox. (Sugqestecl:One prior coursc En philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application nl ethical prlnclples lo problems which arise in the areas of health care and ~Ielive~y, human experimentation, human engineering. l abortion, care lor (lie [lying a t ~ reulhariasia. 399 Internship Internship for upper division credit. 410 Topics In Phllosophy Ad~~anced s t r ~ d icovering ~s a speclflc area of phllosopl~y,such a s studies in the lliouglil or individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history o i a t ~idea 01. spcclfic probletn, or interdisciplinaryproblems. SCmInar Format. Mny be 1ahe11morc t h a n once for crcdit, (Suggested prior courscs, any from 141, 242, 343,44/1 or conscrll of instruclot'.) 4 3 0 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studlcs iri the pliirosophy of particular philosophers, e.g.,Plato, 51. Xl~omas,Marx, fiegel, I<icrkcgaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. {Suggested prlor courses: 141. 2/r2, 543,or consent of Instructor.) 444 Contemporary Philosopliy What ltrs behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is Cn~Llrtlrat which worlts? Carl we remake philosophy as a rigorous scicncc? 'Tllcse ant! other Issires are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. Seminar format. (Alternate years. Suggested prior course, 141, 242,or 343.) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. 4 Physics Department (pm) Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis, Physics includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies, and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the Liberal Arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration. Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing challenge, the department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met, and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also served as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, engineering and medical and health related fields for many physics graduates. In addition, the physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportive role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the pre-engineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and the advanced degree levels. The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the non-sciencestudents that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension. Physics Faculty: Mark Engebretson (Chairperson), Cynthia Blaha, Kenneth Erickson, JeffreyJohnson Major: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124,125, and PHY 121,122 the freshman year, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure Major: The same a s the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An indepen- dent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have com- pleted the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of3.O in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. 1 0 1 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementa~yalgtbra. Our solar syslem, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical Instrrlnicnts are explalncd and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an tight-inch CelesLron, and a 3inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3one-hour lectures.) 1 0 3 Physics for t h e Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is dPslgned to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy progranls), riiedical technology and other health science progranls. Tl~ecuurse is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elementary algebra. Fall) 1 0 6 Introductory Meteombogy A study or the scIetlce and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designecl to prnvlclc a working kr~owledgror the basic science principles requlred for undcrslantling wealher a ~ i dcllmate. Attention will be given to llir overall weather patterns nC the earth and to ~ I I Etnany varled aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring) 111 Phystcs, Computers, ahd Soclety h study of the historical development of selected topics In physical science. Attention wilt be give11Lo the Interaction of physics anrl Its associaled techr~otogywl t17 philosophy, religion. and cullllre. SLudy of mechani c ~electricity, , and dlgilat eleclrorrlcs wlll lead up to discussiori of Ole meaning o l twentieth century ptiysics and of (he rolc af cleclronics and computers in modern society, Mitrocompt~terswill be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physits l,I1 A rigorous study of classical phystcs Including mechanics, wave motion, themotlynamics. electricity, rnagn~lism,and optlcs, Desfgnerl for pllysics majors, pre-etiqineciinq studet~lsand other specifled nla]ors. Musl be takcn In sequence. (3 OIIF.IIOU~ Icctures, 3-klOu1' laborntoly. Prcreq.: MAT 124 or concurrent reglslratlnn. 12 1, Yall: 122 Spring) 199 lnternship lnternship For lower division credit. 245 Modem Physics An Introduclion to modern h p t c s from a hlstorlcal and experimental basis. ReTativity, quantum cfPecti atomic and inolrcular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This coursc indicates the need for, and develops t h e experirncntal basts ol quanttirn rnectianics. ( 3 one-hour lectures. l'rereq.: 122. Talt) 2 6 1 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study oranaiog etectron!cs comprises the first halfofthe sernestcr,The second hall includesstudv aidialtal eleca h rnicrotronlcs culminaling in analysis and use 01 m4cmproccss~1~s computer systems. (l'rercq.: lO3,Ill or 122; and MAT 122 ar 125) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351,352 Mechanics I, 11 A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion anrl the Lagrangtan and Hamlllonlan formalisnis. 'roplcs Include conservation prlnciple~,single particlc motion, systems of parlfcles, oscillatory systems, cerilral-f0rr.r motion. dynamics of rigid bodies. gtmvitatlon, kine. nratics of two-parllclc systcrns anrl noninertial refcrci~ccframes. (3 oneh o t ~lectures. r Prcrcq.: 122, MhT 226.351,Fa!!: 352 Spring) 362,363 Electromagnetic Fields I, 11 The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring) 398.396 Comprehensive Laboratory (Ih course each) A n emphasis on inclcpendenl Iaboratoly invrstigations. including partfclpatian It1 physics seminars. Ex per ln~entsin Lhe 2 1ca of niecllanlcs, ihermodynam~cs,vtlcuuin ptiyslcs, efcctmnics, elcctricity. u~agnctism,optics, and ~nodcrnptiyslcs. ( 2 tliree-hour laboratory and 1srmir~arIrour per wcck. Pi ereq.: Jilninr stailding or consellt o l inslruclor.) 399 Internship lnternship for upper division credit. 4 8 1 Thermal Physics The study ofj~ropertlesof systems and pmcesses forwhlch temperature Is an 3mporlatit variable. The siibjcrct is d~velopedFrom Lwn Independent yet complcrntntary vicwpoii~ts:the expcri~ncnlaI,rnaclnscopic classical therrnoclyr~an~ics arid the tltcorelical, microscopic stdtlstical mcchar~ics.(3 one-lior~rlectures. Prerecl,: 55 1. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I A development fram ffrst pri~lclples,lnclirdlng de Rroglle's postulates, Lhe Scliroedlnger equalion, operators, wavefunclinris, cxpcctalion values, an. glllar fiiorncntuni, and approxiination mettiods. Specific problems studied int1t1depoteti tlaI wells and potenLial barriers, the harnioriic nscillator, and the hyclrogcn atom. (3 o~ic-hourlectures. Prercq.: 245,551.fall) 488 Quantum Physics I1 The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular ptiyslw, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prercq.: 486. Spring) 499 lndependent Study An npportt~t~lty for str~dentsto expiore systematically a problem in experimenlal nr theoretical pliysIcs, worltecl out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open taJ~uniorsand senlors with departmental approval. Political Science (POL) Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science; because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns. As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will he encouraged to relate. Insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosoplly, psychology, economics, his. tory, and sociology to the study of politics. Providing work in several sub-ffelds of political science, the mqjor supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work In the dtsctpline, as well as in public adminstration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and other internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Augsburg political science students have the benefit oFan experienced faculty that brinpls a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as speciai strengthsin Interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media. communism. and American ~ u b l i claw. The de~artmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, invoiving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of liberal learnings. Political Science Faculty Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson),Joseph Goldman, C. Lea Hall, Milda Hedblom, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan . Mqjor: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362).Required: 121 or 122 or 160 or 170;158;384;and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Honors Mqjor: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5in the major and 3.0overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the departmental chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170:158;and a t least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 Political Science Areas. Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics (11) Comparative Politics and Analysis (Ill) International Politics (1V) Public Law (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 1 2 1 American Government and Politics The polltfcs of American government including the forms of political ideas; ttie patlenl of partidpation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential ant1 Ili~renucralirpoligmaking; and current issues in American society. 122 Metroporttan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues. arlors, and structurcs influencing public policy in the modcm urban complcx. Discussionlecturc. sl~nulation.and meetings with politlcal cxpcrls and activists. 325 Public Administration 'Slit politics of pul~licitdministratlon and bureaucratic policy-making in [lie Ut~itcdStates: governmental rcgulatlon, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic intcraction. (Prereq.: 1course in Politkat Strlcncc or consent of instrucloi-) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The politlcal behavior of tlic electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties Ln the electoral proccss, Tielrl work with political parties and ~ntercstgroups anrl rncdia In presidential elections (optional in nonprcsirfenlial election ycars). (Frcrccl.: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Pall Lerm of clecllon years) 342 Mass CommunieaUons In Soctety LfFccts nfrtiassct~mniiinlcatlonson indlvidi~albehavior: the uses and control of mass rnedla lor polltir:al ar~tfsocial purpnses Inclurling a study of ccnsorsl~ip,newsmaking. cnlertaitlment and pilllllc affairs programming. ~ otily) ( J ~ ~ n land o r S e ~ l l oslutle~~ts 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section 1V for description. Alternate years) 3 7 1 Constitutional Law I1 (See Section IV for description. Alternate years) 4 2 1 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive orjudicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or statc focus: topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Yolitlcal Science or cansent of instructor. On demand) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 1 5 8 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The rmergcncc, mnlnletiancc and decline of selected democracies, focusIng 011poiltical behavior. institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:One course In I'olllical Science or colrsenl of instructor) 3 5 1 C o m m ~ ~ n lPolltlcal st Systems A tornparalive analysis or the Soviet Union and other communist states in lcrms of polltlml behavior. itrstitutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: ORCC ~ L I ~ SinCPolitical Scicncc or consent of instructor) 3 8 1 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 4 5 9 Topics in Comparative Politfcs Sclcctcd tl~eniesinrluding interpretations of polltlcal systems and compal-ticipotion, l comrnunlparisons or political processes such a s p o l i t i ~ ~ caLiotls, polllical developments, poIi tical change. and rcvolulion. Topic to be lr~cluderlill sul>litle. (Prcrerl.:O ~ i ccourse i r i Pnlitical Science or con. sent of instructor. On demand.) 111. International Politics 1 6 0 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Cammunist Foreign Pollcles Analysls oF I he motivation, Iormulation, and implementation of foreign pollcies of Cornrn~~~ilsl riallons with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and C l ~ l n a (Prereq.: . Otie c.oiwse ill Pnlitical Science or consent of instructor) 4 6 1 Topics ln International Politics Selected tlicmcs including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy dcrislon-malting, simulations of international problems. Topic to be inclurled in sublillc. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Alternate years) IV. Public Law 1 7 0 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and s o ciety: roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law: law a s politics: historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law l The legal-polliical-philosophim1role or the Supreme Court in the American polilIcaI systcrn In signilicanl decisions affecting the allocation of powers 111(Ilf ?iatifl~%al government and it1 Lhe Cederal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent oi Ilistructox. Al terndte years) 3 7 1 Constitutional Law 11 Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amenrimcnl as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human r l g h b arltl civil lihe~ticsof individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Altcniate ypars) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description) 380 Western Political Thouaht A study of influential po?tical philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.) 381 Clemocratic Theory and Practice A stilcly oC tlemocratic thcory and p~lblicpolicy practice with focus on the emergence of politEral dcn?ocracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative pcr,spective. IPrcrcq.:One course in Political Science or consent ol i~~stmctor.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evoli~tionof Marxlst thcory and rnovemerils emphaslzlng Marxism asdevclopcd in Russia and china. Consideration oCLhe polIllcal, social. and ecoliomic dirnet~slonsof the tlieories, wllh somr Coci~soti Lhe preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158or consent ofinstructor.) 384 Political Analysis An anatysls ol diffrrenl approaches and theorlcs in the study of politics including an cx,~n~inatinn of llle requircmcnts or science as a model for potILlca1 stitdy; malor rcscarch rcq~iirerl.( I'rereq.: Statistical Analysis: 158 ancl two uppcr division courses, nr consenl of instructor.) VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) 295 Lower Dlvlsion Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 498 IndependentStudy: Metropolltiin Resources An indcllendently clesl~n?clcorll se a sLutlcri( (or grnitp ~Cstuderits)develops, tnaljing cxtcnsive, systematic and irltc~~mled utllizalion o ~ r e s o i ~ r c e s c.g. la LLI~FS. symp05ld, pel'availfltrlc in the rnctrul>ulltal~romn~i~niiy, for~nr?nces,l~ca~lnqs. 'l'tiese resources 17ecorr~ethe corc of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 lndependent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Program in Global Community - Joel Mugge (Director) The Center for Global Service and Education offers a s ~ r i n semester n Program, The Program in Global Community, each year inCuemavaca, ico. It is an academic program that has as its primary focus the study of issues related to global-jusiiceand human liberation in light of the Christian proclamation. Students live together as a community, but also with Mexican families in the city, and with villagers in rural Mexico. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room, board and tuition at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. - - - ~- m ex- SPA 216.316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for three hours a day for six weeks of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director) mS 311 T h e Development Prcrcess 'This seminar focuses 01)~pecllicglobal and Interpersonal developmental processes. Particular tlicories or developtnenl ancl educational approaches are critically exalrlincd. As an inlegrative seminar, thc course attcnipts to JILIII togetlicr Lhe many aspccts of the overall program, The seminar provldes st~rdenlstlic opportunity lo renecl critically on their own cducaLIona1process as wcll, ( Rcquircd coi~rsc) GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar This seminar consists oCa series of eight mini-courses offered in a number of relevant Lopic areas r'claled to the theme of the program. Each minicourse consists or 12 hours, At~yfour mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required) HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensive view of Mexico's historical development from pre-Colurnbian times to the present day. (Either this course or CiST 230 required) INS 299 Directed Study 499 Independent Study Tliis prelcrairly is in a student's majar or mlnar dlsclpl[ne, developed ahead or Ilme E n co~lsuliationwith a departn~entaladviser on the home campus arid the program director. The topic a studenl cl~ooscssl~ouldhe relevat~t110th lo Ihe discipline and the tllcme oiqlollal cnmmnnlty. (Optional fourth course) EEL 366 The Church and Social Change In Latin hmerlca This course focuses at1 the rela tionsliip rlf the churcli Lo poverty, polltical oppression and soclal irijusticc in Latin Anrerica. Cenlml to the course is an cxamivation of the etnerging "Theology of Libcrallon" as arllculated by pronlinenl Latin American theologians as well as I,y peopte directly involvcd tn locaT palishes and devclopmcnt projects in Cucrnavaca. (Prereq,: enc course in religion or tticolngy. Optional fourth courscl Psychology Department (PSY) Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other. The department's courses have three basic goals: (1) to introduce the student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions: (2)to develop the ability to analyze, interpret, and evaluate behavioral research, and (3)to provide practice in the application of these principles. The department program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology, human development, personality and computer applications. The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills c h be beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and government, as well as in careers such as research, law, and medicine. Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire practical, pre-professional experience and develop professional contacts. This program mutually benefits the students and the community. Psychology Faculty: Paul Hirdman (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson, Richard Marken Major: 1 0 courses including 105,264,265,381or 399, and 493. Also PHY 103. A minimum of 5 courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also expected to select one course from the DevelopmentaljPersonality courses and other electives to complete the major. Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a major. It is recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests in psychology: for example, areas such a s business administration, biology, or communication. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and comple- tion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Minor: 5 c o u r s e s including 105,with a minimum of 2 courses a t Augsburg. Not m o r e t h a n o n e c o u r s e from 2 9 9 , 3 9 9 , a n d 4 9 9 m a y b e counted toward t h e minor. Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 c o u r s e s including 2 6 4 ( o r SOC 3 6 2 ) , 3 9 9 , CSC 1 4 5 , SOC 3 6 3 , a n d approved elective. T h e s e c o u r s e s a r e designed to provide t h e cognitive background a n d skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies o r firms which d o program evaluations o r self-assessment programs. Systematic a n d periodic assessments of programs for social improvem e n t a r e increasingly expected by government a n d funding agencies. For further information contact Norman Ferguson. 1 0 5 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 1 9 9 Internship Internship on lower division level. 2 5 1 Sensing and Perceiving At1 ecologlcaify oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis o n t h e proressitig of environmental information and how this relales to adaptive behavior and s~lbjcctiveexperience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 2 6 4 , 2 6 5 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I. I1 A two-term sequence Il~cl~tdll~g c.upcritnenla(ion in human learning, probIcm solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception, Emphasis will be placecl on holh stalislical dnd expcrirnct~taldesign ~~~rthorlology. Re+ scarcti Mcthods I may bc I;ilieti for credil withouL continuing in Rcscarch Mcthods IT. Majors in psychology must take hot11 terms of the two-term scqucnce: 264 tiiust prrcede 265; 265 should be (altei~In lhc lemi immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 2 9 9 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 3 5 1 DevelopmentalPsychology: Child Ernpt~asison normal ctilld development and behavior. Consideration of llieorelical systcms used i o ~vlcwing the developmental sequence and process. Inquiry illto practical inipticalions and applications of d a h and theory in respecl to the clcvclopmc~rtof childrcn. (I'rcrecl.; 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105) 353 Developmental Psychology: middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis on nonnal clevelopme~rLand behavior. Consideration of data and Ihcory related to tlevelnpmcnt cli~rlngL11e middle atlull and olcler adill1 periods ol Ilfe. IncIudcs pcrspeclives or1 death and clying. (Prcrecl,: 105) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in ai~lnralsand titlnian beings. MaJor topics Incl~ide:sleep &f wakefulness, mollvalloti d emotion, learning & melnory, and tnenlat disorders. (Prereq.: 105) Additional lab hours required. 356 Environment and Behavior A s t ~ ~ dnCyIhe Influel~cewhich the envlronment, bath natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics Include: overcrowding and environmerilal slress. terriloriatity, rlefcnsfble space & crlme, and bullt environments such as rooms, I>uildings8t cllics. (I'rereq.: 105) 357 Learning Leaming concepts. behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105) 359 Mental Testlng Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnonnaf Psychology An intrnrl~~ctloti to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and ~~sycltological poirlts of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agctlcies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105.) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A stud Involving knowledqc uC materials bearing on the development of sex tllkreilces and rnlcs, Lhe e m r l or socieiy upon values and goals, differenlial Zcgal status of each scx a t ~ dpsychopliysiological data bearing upon these cllffcrel~ces.(Prerrq.: 105 or consent of instructor) 373 Organlxational Psychology Theorelicrll conceplual~zalionsof organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of worlc cCrcctlv~ness,anrl social Influences. An organizational field expericnce. Ifrereq.: 105) 381 Psychology In BfstorEcal PcrspecElve Historical clcvelopment oipsychoIogical viewpoints and theoretical positions. (I'rereq.: two psycholow courscs) 399 Internship Prior to the beginning of the term, interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Grading is on a P/N basis. 450 Program Evaluation The appllcat~ori01 scientlRc research techniqtres and stn tistlcal analysls to prosgrams for social Impmvemenl. Designing infonilatinn systems Cor tl?e allgolng ~nonitorinyof programs. As?esslrig curnmlinlty needs. Assesslng program ~ffeccivenessatirl cfliciericy, l'he political and organlzalional inntexl or prn:grim monitoring and cvallration. The role of cvatuation research for social p o k y and pmgt am iniprovcmcnt. (PIercq.: 264 or SOC 3KZ: SOC 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Prlnciples. tnetliods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Cousitieratiott {[lver?to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relatlolnhip. (Prereq,:4 courses) 490 Current Topics In Psychology Study of selected areas and lopics in psychology that are not treated exLcnsiv~lyt l l ~ n u g hcuirenl course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior tn icgislration. (l'rereq.: 105 and consent of instructor. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary lssues Disc~rssianof contcrnporary socEetal issues from a psychological viewpoi~lt.Consideratinn or the apploacfres and methods used by psychologists In studyitlg such t.ssues. (Prcr'eq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registntion by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Stirdc~itsmust prcscnl a written plan prior to registration including carehrlly cotisldered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. -,= -4 'I?'. ' .' - II, , - - +'. 9, 41~ I , .<[ . ' l i )A -% -. :.' - 3, ' -.. ---: Religion Department (REL) I 9- I V I - , - Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the western world to a degree much greater than is sometimes recognized. They have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values, and political structures. The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of Biblical history and that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought. While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith and enable them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment. The College offers both a mqjor and a minor in Religion. Students who wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriate for that purpose. Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson Fall 1986),Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson lnterim and Spring 1987).John Benson, Bradley Holt, Curtis Peter, Stephen Pinsky, James Porter, Paul Sonnack Major: 8 courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495,the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356, 358,360or 483,362,399,471or 473,481.These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification. Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five courses in religion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School. This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation is not limited to such schools. Honors Major: GPA of3.3 in the major and 3.0over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111,221, or 473,481); APE 232;PSY 105, 356,358,360or 483,362,399,471 351,352or 371,485;SOC 111 or PSY 373,SOC 231;SPC 354.This program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, but certification by the church is a separate function. By adding two or three courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work. Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chairperson. , 111 Introduction to Theology 199 221 299 350 353 356 An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Internship Internship on lower division level. Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emeraence of the church. Directed Study Independent study on lower division level. Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) - - - - - -- 357 S m e y of Church Blstury A suzvey of Christian history In the early, medieval, Reformadon, and modern periocls. Some attention to primary sources, in addltion to interpretallon$ o i the periods in question, The expatision of the church, its inner life, Ils reIatlon Lo the state, and the development of its dnclrine wlll be major elements of the sludy. 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Alternate years) 360 Rellglion and Society An cxarnlnation of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological a nalyslswith particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on rellqious movements in American society. (Spring) 3 6 1 The Church in the First Four Centuries A study of the early CI~rlstlanChurch In the context of lhe Roman Empire, Including such toplcs a s persecution and martyrdom, tlre development of the creeds, Christtanlty In conflict with Crnosticis~nand mystery religions, InonasLicism anti mysltcism. early crlrlstian worship: also incl~~rlit~g the theology nl several early Christian leaders and a special unit o n the Iife and thaugllt of Rugusline. 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered a s funding permits) 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America (See under Program in Global Community) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 432 Church Music and Worship (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 Jesus and His Interpreters Consideralion of the Mew Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their conlexl. literary stntcture and relationships. Attention fo the varlety or interpretations given Lhe person of Jesus, including the "quest For the I-listorlcal Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 475 Judaism A survey of the history ofJudaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modem times. with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest In such modem Jewish tfilnkers a s Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 4 8 1 Contempormy ~ h e o f o g y An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thaught Loday. as seen f ~ o m the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task or Lhe Christian Church. (Spring) 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 486 PsychologyoCRellgion and TheoIoSy A S ~ L Iof I -currenl I~ psyclrcllogical views nl rellglon in the context of the traclilional Chrlsllari view nChtunan nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternate years, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator), James Brown Russian Area Studies is an ACTCjoint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The mqjor is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is required. This mqjor is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second mqjor in a field such a s business, economics, history. language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations. Major: 11courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1course in Marxist theory; 1course in Russian literature; 1course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved electives. M i n o r : 6 courses: 2 courses (1year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1course in Russian history: 1course in Soviet politics; 1course in Marxist theory; 1other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA) . - -- - - - - Foreign Language Department Chairperson Mqjor: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. N o t e : Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred to Augsburg a s upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages. Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses which may lead toward a second major such a s English, history, urban studies, business administration. 312 OldNorse (See under Department of Foreign Languages - Norwegian) 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (On Demand) 351 The Modem Scandinavian Novel Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors w11 b e required to d o assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand) 352 The Modem Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandlnaviati drama w l l t ~emphasis o n lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to d o assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (See under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 377 Scandinavia in the World (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 393 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 394 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Khin Khin Jensen (Coordinator) A student may not list a double mqjor in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other mqjor. Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104;1 social science methodology course (ECO 279,PSY 264,SOC 362 or 365):and 12 courses, in at least 4 disciplines, from the following: ECO 122,258;HIS 103,322, PHI 355;RE1 356;SOC 323,324,440,474;POL 351,363,382,461; 336;seminars, independent study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of the Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Social Studies .. - - Jerry Gerasimo (Coordinator) Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Social Studies Teaching Licensure: 7 courses (ECO 122 or 123, Geography, HIS 222, POL 158,PSY 105, SOC 121and336) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. Social Work Department ( s m ) - - The Social Work mqjor program prepares graduates for entry-levelprofessional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, and leads to a Bachelor of Sclence degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, and communities. The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts, with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation upon which social work education is based. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a person who knows everythingthere is to know about his/her job, except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Augsburg social work graduates are professionals, not technicians. Social work mqjors at Augsburg College must be well-grounded in the liberal arts. Effective social workers cannot be technicians. "Education for Service" has long been a motto at Augsburg College and it exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work Department. Unique leaming opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand. a ~ ~ r e c i a tres~ect. e. and work with people different from themselves and fdbe enrichedby this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals. The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as to gain from it. ~ f ~ r o ~ r i a tsocial e l ~ ,work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop a Big BrotherIBig Sister program on campus: mobilizing students to assist a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center. The Social Work minor and electives in the department allow students to support another mqjor with knowledge about human needs and growth, human services, and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about pu6 lic issues and d e v e l o ~ and nurture a ~ e r s ~ e c t ithat v e sees the central irnportance of diversity 'to the social fabric df this country. But beyond knowledge, students also are encouraged to use their talents and skills to address the needs of society in the interest of the public good. Social Work Faculty: Mary Lou Williams (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Rosalie Clark, Edwina Hertzberg, Douglas Peny, Charles Williams Major: 9 Core Program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465, 466,467,469: and 9 Supporting Program courses: 257,260: 810 101; PSY 105; SOC 121,231,265,365,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A minimum grade of2.0 is required for each course in the Core Program and a 2.0 average is required in the Supporting Program. Concentration: Concentration in Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript. Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy a s a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review (Exception: SOC 365 may be taken in the senior year if necessary.) Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative),361,463:260 or SOC 375:SOC 265:and one of 465,POL 121, 158,325. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Educationrequired Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388. Elective courses open to all students: 257 Exploring Human Services With lacully approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professional clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations, Independent study with a term paper report and regular class sessions. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. 260 Humans Developing 1his coirrse provides the knowledge bask to an understanding OF human growth through Lhe life cycle, and or the Interplay of socIocullurat, blologthe growth 01 individuals ~cal,and psyclboluglcal factors whlch influe~~ce aucI larnllie? I n cnnle~nporaryAmet ican society, Ernpltasized Is tlie role or Ll~e"nurt~trlngenvtronrnenl" in rclatlnn to Iwman growth, the Impact or "sustalrilng euviroumenl" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Circlwt h relaled to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or Hfe-style rliverslty Is also a focus. Students will gain self-understandlng Ihrough use of their own experiences. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) 340 Pollcies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor) 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and the diversity of minority professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Junior or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 Internship Provides Reld learning experience for the non-major and supplements the required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of department chairperson) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organizatlon, soclal plannl~~g, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey oihistorical forms olcornmunlty organization ancl social clwngc, 2) u~~derslandlng the Ll~eorics,basic Issttes, and strategies rclevanl to social protest ancl change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 465 Gbetat Policy:Anatysls and Development Includes the sIudy or tlieorlcs of Soclal Policy formutation and methods of analysls associaled with needs ancl services, and analysis of the impact of poll~yon snclal work ~lracticc.Development and implementation will be virived flrst hand through werlr with an elected public policy maker. Readings, analytical paper Integralion of class concepts with practical experieuce. (Prereq.: 361,463, atid senior or consent of instructor. Spring) 468 Special Topics (112 to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim) - 498 IndependentStudy Metropalltan Resorlrces An Independenlly dcslgned course a student (or group orstudents) develops, lnalrlng extensive, systematic and Integrated utllizatio~lof resources avallahle in the metropolitan comm~tnlty,e.g, lecttlres, symposia, periortnances, hearings. Thcse resources become the core of t h e course, supplemented I>y lradtlior~alcollege resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated Ily a facutty rnernlrrer ~Fthedeparlrnent. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of inst~uctor) 499 Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prercq.: 257 and consent of instructor) Courses reserved for Social Work majors only: 363 Methods and Skllls of Social Work Rasic features or Lhe helping process: theoretical foundations, principles and techniques orsoclal work inlerventlve methods, and pnctica! expcrience necessary for social work practice with indivlduals and small groups with a rliversity orprofessl~nalsand client groups: devclopment of the s h dent's repcrloire of relationship building sl<itIs.tect~~re-disc~~ssion scsslons and/or taboratory exercises cacli wcek. [Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and rcnnemcnt 01 practice sldlls recognizing adaptations of the prnblern.solving mode! to dlverse populslllons through Iccturc, classmom excrclse ahid tegular class work. I-:nla!gement aC social groilp worls sltflls, emphasts on development of gencrallsl practicc sltills and eclectic approaches with a focus on cllversily of proCcsslonals arid clienl populations. Lectures aild/or laborato~yexercises each week. (I9rereq.: 2.0 in 365 and in 364,candidacy staLLls. Concurrent with 462. Fall) 462 Field Work 11: Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status: concurrent with 461; Fall) 466 Field Work 111 (112 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 ('12 course option during Interim. Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,462,463) 467 The Social Worker as Professional Eth tcal practice, bureaucratic survival, professtonalJob attainment,affirm. ative actlon and sexual harassment issues, personnel policles and practices, alganizalional theory. and resource devclopment will bc stlrrlicd in the course. T h e field work practice becomcs the laboratory For class exerclscs. (Prereq.:Candidacy statrls, 2.a in 461,463.) 469 Field Work IV Continuation of 466. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) Sociology Department (soc) Sociology is a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum, namely the theme that humans are "social animals." Sociology emphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to exhibit regularized patterns over time. These patterns together form a society or a social structure. Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociology also seeks to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a society. The Sociology Department at Augsburg is designed to help students think sociologically in terms of obtaining an understanding of society and developing skills in evaluating social institutions and programs. Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships, independent study, interim courses, and the co-learningcourses offered through the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)program. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning. A mqjor in sociology can prepare one for a variety of careers or for advanced professional studies. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the personnel departments of both government and private corporations, in industrial relations work, and in program evaluation. Others have used their mqjors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, and urban planning. The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding and appreciating the often taken-for-grantedaspects of our world. Sociology Faculty: Gordon Nelson (Chairperson),Jeny Gerasimo, Gany Hesser, Barbara Johnson, Diane Pike Mqjor: 1 0 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485, Highly recommended: a Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, intemship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 ofjunior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology will be granted to a candidate who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the GPA through graduation. Minor: 5 courses including 1 2 1 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 264), 363,399, CSC 145, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well a s a research assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment programs. Systematic and periodic assessments of programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For further information contact Diane Pike. 111 Human Community and the Modem Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology is a unique way of irnderstanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, iti(erac1iot1, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for discovering tile world and orie's place in it. 199 Internship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer) 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family a s a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN grading only) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 1 2 1 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in SocIoIogy h variety ot 10pIcs offcclrd periodically depending o n nmds and Interests which are not satisfied by regularrourscofFFTirigs. May be offcred on cam. pus in atldllIon to reqular course offerlnqs or on campus In conji~nctlon wllh A u ~ s l ~ i t r gConscrvatlon 's of Ilu~li;lnResources (CIIR) I'rograrn. ( P W - g . : consent of lnst~uclor) 336 Introductionto Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we s e e and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis ofselected aspects of Western culture. 360 Rellglon and Society All cxnn~lnallo~i or tlic Interaction of religion and 5dclely In terns oisociological arlalysls with particular emphasis on conlernporary sociological ttse;krch on r e l i g l o ~ movements ~s and instllultnns In Amerlcan soclely. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course in a two-course sequence introduces quantitative analysis. The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors, but recommended for others neccling a I~ackg~'orlnd for social science. (Prereq.: working knowledge of h i g l ~ scllotll algebra arlcl consent or llle instructor. Fall) 363 Research Methods This second course exposes students to the skills involved in research design and measurement techniques. The practice of social research is learned through class activities and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation l o ~ r s ~ r n iovcrvlew cr of melhods nforgazilzing, comparlng and interpreting quanlita tlve lnfonnatlo~l.Use of data-processing rquipment lor statisttcal analysis. Dvcrvlcw or commonly -user1 rcsearclr mctltods, especially expcxirncntrll designs arrd appllcat~onsl o proqranl evaluations. Desiqncd for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121) 375 Social Psychology An examination ol the Idea oT"gsoup." its relatlonshlp to tndlvldual behaviol' and society. A n analysis of the Ideas 01 "self" and "identity" and wtral part they play In underslantllng Interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health, A look at the major assumplions and processes i~tiderlyinysilr everyclay lire - a Innlc at [he trivlal. (lie ordlna~yand the lake~vfor-granlecl,"Sytnbollc interaction," an 1111Ilortalll olienlallon In social psychology, wlll l x used as a way of deallng with the tnajor lssucs In [tie caursc. (I'rcreq,: 121 and PSY 105.juni01 or senior studcrlts only) 381 The City and Metro-UrbanPlanning The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films, and outside speakers in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111or 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modem Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Fall) 498 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g, lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 1 1 1or 1 2 1and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 Independent Study Studcnt nil~stpresent written proposal cantalning rationale, objectives and methodorogy or the p~oposedstudy according to department guidelines. (l'rcrcq.: 121 and conscnl ol Instrur~or.Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts Department (SPC) Communication Communication technology vastly increases our ability to influence human thought and behavior. While these powers are often used to deceive and exploit, they can be used to liberate, enoble, and to enhance life. Speech, communication, and theatre arts at Augsburg are humane studies designed to promote sensitivityand wisdom in the use of communication, since true communication aims to foster informed, responsible choice and shared understanding. The primary aim of the department is to help students to communicate effectively through both speaking and writing. The courses are designed (1) to promote the intellectual disciplines required for research, exposition, and argument: (2)to develop writing and speaking skills: (3)to build confidence, creativity, and ethical sensitivity: and (4)to provide a wide variety of realistic communication experience. Communication careers call for a broad liberal education, so the communication mqjor at Augsburg stresses the studies of logic, psychology, sociology, literature, writing, and public speaking. For breadth we recommend double mqjors, and for practical experience we recommend participation in co-curricularcommunication activities throughout the college years, climaxing in internships under professional supervision. This mqjor is also used as preparation for other fields, such as religion, politics, and law. The speech mqjor is designed to prepare students for teaching in the secondary schools. Theatre Arts Theatre is not primarily an extra-curricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory that uses all of the liberal arts, theatre enhances a liberal education. By reliving how other people throughout history were thinking, feeling and struggling, actors have a greater understanding of their own humanitv. Theatre enables students to ex~eriencethe beauty, mystery, and ambi$uity of life. Minneapolis-St.Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities. Our theatre faculty has professional experience which enables them to provide realistic guidance to students. The Augsburg program provides three possible emphases-acting, directing, and design-but encourages students to participate in all aspects of theatre production. While the program is primarily designed to prepare students for educational theatre, graduates go into many other fields, such as professional theatre, television, film, advertising, business, and religion. - - - - - Speech. Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: Julie Bolton (Chairperson), Mark Arnbroz, Raymond Anderson, Judith Kirk, Gary Parker Honors Major: GPA of3.25in the major, 3.0overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in a t least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Communication Prospective mqjors should contact the department as early a s possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take 111,PSY 105,SOC 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 o r 352, 354,399and EMG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227,and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: 111;PHI 130;PSY 105; SOC 121 or 336,375. Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111, 354,360:Participation in forensics, and a 241 or 343,350,351,352, minor in English. Recommended: 366,courses in theater, participa- tion in drama. Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the followand participation in forensics. ing: 241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360 Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theatre arts, and speechtheatre arts. Any of these must be combined with a t least an English minor, preferably a major. The communication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. 116 is strongly recommended for students in elementary education. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 199 Internship Internship for lower division cre it. 227 Advanced Writing: Journalism (See under Department of English) 225.330 Visual Communications I, 11 (See under Department of Art) 2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) Junior and Senior students only. 343 Radio-TelevisionProduction An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Not offered 1986-87) 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening: introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertlslng and promotlon a s important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Junior, Senior. Communication major or cnlisent of instrt~ctor.Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages: emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 495 lndependent Study In Communication Selected tooics in soeech and communication. with e m ~ h a s i on s the use of primary sources and methodology of research. 499 Independent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Theatre Mqjors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to mqjor in theatre arts should begin with courses 111,116,232 and 228.111 is not part of the mqjor. Theatre Arts Mqjor: 10 courses, plus 111. This major should be sup- ported by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modem Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116, 228, 232, 343, 350, 360, 361, 366, ad- vanced acting, and the children's theatre interim. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. 8. Directing Emphasis: 116, 228, 229,232,350, 360,361,366, 367, plus advanced acting and the children's theatre interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1internship. C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,366,428,429,plus 2 courses in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in cinema art and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1in design, and 1 internship. Theatre Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232,360,361,366. Theatre Arts Mqjor For Teaching Licensure: 1 0 courses, including 111,116,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. Theatre Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: courses 111, 228, 232,361,366; one ofthe following: 241,343,350; and participation in dramatic productions. Speech-TheatreArts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361,366; participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); and a minor in English. 1 1 6 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theatre, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 1 9 9 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 2 2 8 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theatre: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theatre tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting,drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Alternate years, Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theatre History and Criticism Overview of theatre history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theatre productions, Introduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. (Spring) 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction I1 In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, mkrsical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 4 2 8 Technical Production 11 Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall) 429 Stage Design 11 Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Ron-Realism, Epic and the Absurd. 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theatre. Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own mqjor by combining appropriate portions of two mqjors may consider the Transdisciplinary Mqjor. The Transdisciplinary Mqjor enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed mqjor may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad mqjors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Mqjor are to observe the following: A. The mqjor program should include at least two-thirds of the courses re- quired in the normal mqjor programs of two mqjor fields offered at the college: 6. The student should design and sign a contract for such a mqjor prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Student Standing. Women's and Minority Studies (INS) Faculty: Priscilla Buffalohead, Grace Dyrud, Ronald Libertus, Winston Minor, James Porter, Bonnie Wallace The Women's and Minority Studies Program consists of several interdisciplinary courses which fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses in several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no mqjor or minor is offered, there is a certificate program in women's studies. Certificate in Women's Studies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such a s biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC colleges a s well a s Augsburg. See Winston Minor or Bonnie Wallace for further details. See also WWAS under Metro-Urban Studies No. IV. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 231 Rellglon in Afrfcan-AmedcanHlstory An examination of selected topics 1 elated to the black experience, e.g. Afr i ~ a nbaclqrounds, religion utldcr slavery, evangelicalism. Meets one reliqlnn requirement or thc IJrhan Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement. 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-AmericanStudies An interdisciplinary course providing an overvtew of Lhe major Issues related to the Black experience in terms of Lhe Family, education, religion, art, economics and politics. It is designed lo heighlen the student's consciousness regarding the African rrtcntinns in Rlaclc culture, Lhe evolution of Black culture and the impact of K l d ~ l ccuILurc on Ainerican society. 233 Womtnr Across-Culturat Perspective 'I his course will examinc a varirty ot issues concemlng the biological. evolr~tinnaryand historical orlglns olwnmen's roles and status In human society, Emphasis will be placed on Lhe cornparalive roles o l women in difrerent cultures. This camllarison will inclllde such Morth Amerlcan models as 111~Nava-]~,OJiI>wc, and Iroquois. Arrican modcIs such as the Pygmies and other trlbal gmups, and the peasan1 soclelies oC eastem Europe, Mexico, and the 1nlclr2leEasl and rural China. Offered periodically through C1iR ancl the Ainerican Indian Program olflce. 260 ContemporaryAmerican Indians The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and erlucation. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions anlong selected lndlan Lrlbcs today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's J o ~ ~ r n a lspeeches. s, articles, short stories. poems. pla s and ollwr aeslliclic rres tions, the class will collectively assess the pos8ion of black and white wornen In American culture From the founcling of Ll?e cob ortles t o Lhc present. Cnntribuiions b y Indlan women, Chicanasand other "i~wisibIc"women rninoritics will he inclr~cted. 'ma : Caley say iIn Augsburg College Board o f R e g e n t s The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. Chair Donald R. Grangaard Secretary: Charles W. Amason Vice Chair: The Reverend Hams W. Lee Treasurer: Darrell J. Egertson The Hon. Pamela Q. Alexander (1990) Judge, Municipal Court, Minneapolis, MN Charles W. Amason. J.D. (1988) Attorney, Head and Truhn, Minneapolis, MN Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1990) Vice President for Medical Care, Hospital Corp. of America, Nashville, TN w e l l Bergh (1990) President, Borton Volvo, Inc., Minneapolis, MN Nancy Bottemiller (1992) Homemaker, Wadena, MN 56482 Rodney P. Bunvell(1988) Chairman, Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, MN H. David Dalquist, I11 (1990) President, Northland Aluminum Products, Inc., St. Louis Park, MN Darrell J. Egertson (1988) Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, Apache Corp., Minneapolis, MN Julian P. Foss (1990) Retired Businessman, Mesa, AZ Donald R. Grangaard, J.D. (1990) First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, M N Richard R. Green (1992) Superintendent, Minneapolis Public Schools, Minneapolis, MN Raymond A. arinde (1990) Partner, Klohn Design, Inc., St. Paul, M N Carolyn T. Groves (1990) Administrator, S. J. Groves and Sons Company, Minneapolis, MN Elling B. Halvorson (1990) Chairman of the Board, Halvorson Osbome Construction Co., Kirkland, WA Lawrence 0. Hauge (1988) Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, MN Catherine E. Johnson (1990) Homemaker, Minneapolis, MN George 0. Johnson. Ph.D. (1990) Associate Professor & Director, Hospital & Health Care Admin., Minneapolis, MN Harris W. Lee, D. Min. (1988) Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, M N Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1988) Control Data Business Advisors, ~ a n k a t oMN , Mildred I. Mueller, Ph.D. (1990) Director of Education Statistics, MN Dept, of Education, St. Paul, MN Mr. Louls E. Navin (1990) Vice President & Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, MN Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1990) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, MN Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune, J.D. (1988) Partner, Nodland, Conn, Nordaune, & Perlman, St. Louis Park, MN Mr. Howard E. Olson (1990) Executive Director, Lyngblomsten Foundation, St. Paul, M N Mr. Donald a. Oren (1988) President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, M N Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1990) President, Catco Company, St. Paul, MN Mrs. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988) Writer, Minneapolis, M N Gladys I. Strommen (1990) Homemaker, St. Paul, M N Merton P. Strommen (1996) Founder, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN Leland N. Sundet (1990) Chairman 61 Chief Executive OWcer, Century Manufacturing Co., Bloomington, MN David L. Swanson (1990) Vice President, Grudem Brothers Co., St. Paul, MN Stanley W. Thiele (1992) Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul, MN William A. Urseth (1992) Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Communications, Minneapolis, MN Board for College and University Services The ~merican Lutheran Church David L. A n d e r s o n , Minneapolis, Minnesota R o b e r t B o r g w a r d t . Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia B o s s e , Saginaw, Michigan Erwin H. G o l d e n s t e i n , Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn H e m s t a d . Olympia, Washington D o r i s H o l m a n , Los Angeles, California G u s t a v K o p k a , Jr., East Lansing, Michigan H a m l e t P e t e r s o n , Rochester, Minnesota R u t h Vogel, Seguin, Texas Administration - OFRce of the President .......................................................................... Charles S. Anderson .......................... Carolyn S. Magnuson ..................... . . ................................................. David T. Wold ........................................... A n C. 0,Halvorson President Executive Secretary t o t h e President College Pastor Director of Church Relations Academic AfFairs .... ............................ Vice President for Academic Affairs a n d Dean of t h e College Ryan A. LaHurd Lois M. Nielsen Executive Secretary t o t h e Academic Dean Associate Dean of t h e College a n d Director of Special , cia A. Parker Programs Director, Weeltend Co!lege Richard J. Thoni Sharon A. Stein Operations Manager, Weekend College Registrar J o h n A. Hill Donna D. McLean Assistant Registrar R a l p h W, Balley Recorder Frlstitulional Research Analyst Robert W,Clyde Hcatl Llbrilrlan M a r g a r e t Anderson Brian P. Hackney Director, Aadio.VTgua1 Center W. Willston Minor Minority Cnarclinator (Black Student Affairs) Minority Coordinator (American Indian Support Program) Bonnie A. Wallace Donald R. Gustafson Interim Director Director, Internatkana1Programs Mary A Kingsley Bradley P. Holt Internatio~islStudent Adviser Norman C. Noonan Director, Faculty Development Director, Cooperative Education G a n y W. Hesser ...................... .........,......,.. ................................................... ........................ . ....... .............................................. ................................................................ .............,,.,,.............,.,,,......... .................................................. ..................................... ................................................. .......................... .... ................................................... ......................................... ..................... . . . ...................... ............................................ .............................................. Development and College Relations ...........J e a n n e L. Narum .......................... Curtis J. Tilleraas ...................................................... T h o m a s I. Benson ................... ...... ......................Jeroy C. Carlson ......................Victoria J, Hoshal .................................~+... . . . .Douglas J. A d a m ................... .............Jeffrey Swenson ............................................Mary A d a m s Forsberg ........................ .......................................... Kay 1. Cady ........................ Morgan K. Brooke ....................... . . . ........J o h n Bruemmer Vice President for Development a n d College Relations Executive Secretary t o t h e Vice President Director, Planned Giving Senior Development Officer Director, Corporate a n d Foundation Relations Development Officer ., Director, Alumni/Parent Relations Director, College Relations Director, Publications Publication Specialist Development Officer/Annual Fund Finance and Management ....................... ....................................................... ........ ............................................................. ................................................................ ............................................................................ ....................... ....................................................... .................................. .............................................. .............................................. ...................................... ........................................................... ................................................................. Vice President for Finance and Management Wayne D. Pederson Executive Secretary to the Vice President Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services Herald A. Johnson Financial Aid Counselor Karen D. Plom Director, Personnel Sandra Jacobson Controller Laurie J. Johnson Director, Administrative Computer Center Daniel R. Cruikshank Manager, College Center Mildred A. Nelson Manager, central Services Charles E. Christopherson Director, PurchasindBook Store Robert P. Gores Director, SAGA ( ~ o g Services) d Robert Ollerman Director, Plant Services James Weninger Supervisor, Maintenance Robin A. Curtis Manager, Ice Arena J a m e s J. Carey Student Affairs and Admissions .......... .......................... ....................... . . ........................ ................. ............................................. .............. ....................... ........................... ....................................... ..................................................... ................... ....... ............ .......................................... ................. ...... .................... .............................................. ........................................ ................................................................... Vice President of Student AtTairs and Dean of Students William R. Rosser Executive Secretary to the Vice President Dorothy M. Gauger Associate Dean of Students James B. Grubs Co-directors, Counseling Nancy G. Medcraft, Joan W. Slater - Services Director, Academic Enrichment Donald M. Warren Director, Career Plannina and Placement Tina M. Waaner Coordinator, OfFcampu&tudent Employment .Lois A. Olson Director, Student Life and Housing Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg Director, Student Activities L i s a L. Woodruff Coordinator, Urness Tower Ava J. Young Coordinator, Mortensen Tower Sue J. Hohenstein Director, Admissions ..... C a r o l A. Stack Assistant Director, Admissions Eric L. Anderson Assistant Director, Admissions Scott C. Stensrud Assistant Director, Admissions Jeannette M. Wittmer Admissions Recruiter Sally Daniels - Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Courtland Agre Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ernest W. Anderson Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. Valeria Baltina Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister d e r Philosophia, University of Latvia. Carl Chdslock Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L. Gracia Christensen Assistant Professor Emerita of English. Ailene Cole Professor of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A., G u s t a w s Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. K. Berner Dahlen Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School. Theodore J. Hanwlck Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. Bernhardt J. Kleven Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha J. Mattson Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota. Fdor C. Nelson Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. LaVonne J. Peterson Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College: D. Mus., Lakeland College. Paul T. Steen Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Teaching Faculty ,. Correct as of April 30,1986. (beginning year of service on faculty in parenthesis) Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University o f Wisconsin; B,Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ryan A. LaHurd (1985).Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean o f the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College: M.A., University o f Chicago; Ph.D., University o f WisconsinMadison. Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A.. Middlebury College: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Lori J. Abrams (1985). Assistant Professor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Speech Communication, University of Minnesota. Robert W. Adney (1979). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota. Roger E. Allerson (1981). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. b r l R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College: M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Mark T. Ambroz (1986). Lecturer, part-time, and Theater Arts. B.A., University o f Minnesota, Duluth. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A., Morthwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Instructor, part-time, Art. A.B., Oberlin College. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lucie Arbuthnot (1986). Lecturer in Interdisciplinary Studies, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Connecticut College For Women; M.A., University of Chicago; M.A., New York University. Marjorie Audette (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Nursing. 6,s.. Marquette University: M.A., University of Iowa. . Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Deborah Bart (1980). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Catherine Bakken (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., United Theological Seminary; M. Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Joe Bash (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion, Weekend College. John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary: M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. James E. Billings (1970). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Blaha (1983). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota. Vern M. Bloom (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Lynn Bollman (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado: M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton (1975). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theater. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. David W. Boots (1982). Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael Brand (1979). Studio Artistprumpet, part-time. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. James E. Brown (1985). ACTC part-time lnstructor in Russian. B.S.. University of Michigan; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. (Part-time internship, 1986-87) Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A,, Kent State University. C. John Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College; MS., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Francine Chakolis (1983). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College: M.S.W., University of Minnesota. RosalieV. Clark (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. James Cleary (1986) Lecturer, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. John Cosgrove (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., University of Minnesota. Larry Crockett (1985). Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., University of Redlands; M. Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont. Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota: Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace 6. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Luther College: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., Michigan State University: Ph.D., Colorado State University. - - - - - Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin. Larry L. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Concordia College: M.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980), Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., St. Cloud State University. Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.E.E., M.S., University of Minnesota. Stephanie C. Franz (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Physics, Weekend College. LA,, Augsburg College: M.S., University of Minnesota. Robert Mederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College: M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jeny Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College: M.A., Ph.D., University o f Chicago. Thomas G. Gilkey (1979). Assistant Professor of Music. B,M., DePauw University, Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald Glatzmaier (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Northeastern University. Joseph R. Goldman (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor of Political Science. B,A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota: Ph.D. University of Kansas. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Joan L. Griffin (1986). Assistant Professor of English. A.B., Washington University: M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Associate Professor o f Business Administration and Economics, B.S., M.S,, Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout. C. Lea Ha11 (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A.. Macalester College: M.M.T., Antioch-New England Graduate School: M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University. Leif E, Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College, Moor head; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jay Hanson (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BOA.,University of Minnesota; M. Div. Virginia Theological Seminary. Nilda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (Part-time leave, 1986-87) Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f Nebraska. Edwina L. Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Richard C. Herzog (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Washington University; M.B.A., St. Louis University. Garry W. Hesser (1977). ksodnte Prnressor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies, Director of Cooperative Edl~catlonFmgram, R.A.. Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Fotre Dame. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1987) Paul T. Hirdman (1985). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology. A.A., WaldorfJunior College: B.A., Augsburg College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion and International Student Adviser. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1986-87) Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A.. Rangoon University, Burma: M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Barbara E. D. Johnson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., University of Minnesota. Carla Johnson (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., Bethel College. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James D. Johnson (1969). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; MS., Juilliard School of Music. Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt: M.B.A., University of Michigan. Jane Kammerman (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of California: J.D., University of Minnesota. Robert Karldn (1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M., New England Conservatoly: M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages, and Director of International Programs. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.A., Middlebury College. Judith A. Kirk (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Speech, Communication, Theater. B.S., Indiana University. Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Studio ArtistIOboe, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College. Alvin L. IUoppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College: M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College: M.A., University of Minnesota. Angela Wyatt Kretschmar (1981). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College. Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Hamline University: M.A., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. R. McFall Lamm. Jr. (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., M.A., North Carolina State University: Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University: MS.. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., Southwest State University: M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald 1. Libertus (1985). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women and Minority Studies. B.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Windham College. Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., M.M., University o f Minnesota. Paul W. Lohman (1981). Director o f Chorale, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artistprombone, part-time. B.S., University of Minnesota. Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Lecturer, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies: Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M. Richard S. Marken (1974). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles: Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. (On leave 1986-87) Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota: M.A., University of lowa. Jerie McArthur (1983), Instructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College: M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dan McNamara (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BSIE, University of Dayton: M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Me. braska. Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974).Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. (On leave Fall 1986 and Interim 1987) Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University of Minnesota. Kathryn S. Mlckelson (1985). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Music. B.S., Augsburg College; M.M.T., Southern Methodist University. Jan Miner (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Speech/Communication, Weekend College. B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University. Winston Minor (1983). Minority Coordinator (Black Student Affairs). B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. John R. Mitchell (1968).Associate Professor of English. B.A., Malyville College: M.A., University o f Tennessee. Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. BS., Juniata College; M.B.A,, University of Denver; MS., University of Oregon. Elizabeth Proctor Murphy (1984). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music. Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of Nebraska: M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Christie Nicholl(1973).Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly J, Nilsson (1977).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing B.Sl., M.S., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., University of Pennsylvania: M,A., Ph.D., Indiana University, Patricia Nortwen (1985). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mohammed Nouri (1982). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. Diplome, Ecole Centrale de Paris: M.S., University of Minnesota. - Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., Hamline University. Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Instructor in Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Trudi A. Osnes (1984).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education. B.A., Anderson College; M.S., City University of New York; Ed.D., Ball State University. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; 8. Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gary A. Parker (1983). Instructor in Speech, Communication and Theater. B.A., M.A., University of California-Davis. Marlene J. Pauley (1983). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.M., Michigan State University. Lauretta E. Pelton (1970).Associate Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College: M.Ed., Marquette University. Paul render (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.A., M.B.A,, University of Wisconsin. Douglas D. Perry (1976).Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Curtis Peter (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College: M. Div., WartburgTheological Seminaty. Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College: M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Women's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.M., University o f Minnesota. Diane L. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College: Ph.D., Yale Universi ty. Stephen H. Pinsky (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College: B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College. Richard A. Ploetz (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Colorado State University. Shirley Polejewski (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.S., College of Great Falls: M.A.C., Utah State: Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Craig L. Polsfuss (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., U.S. International University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota. James Porter (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Religion. B.A., University of Missouri-Kansas City: M.A,T., Converse College: B.Th., B. Div., Teamer, Religious and Educational Enterprises, Inc.: Hon. L.L.D., Cuyahoga College. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson (Fall 1986) of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College: B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminaty: M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. (On leave Interim and Spring 1987) Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College: Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College: M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island: Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Pauline Sateren (1974). Lecturer, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College: M.M.M., University of Colorado. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor o f Health and Physical Education and Director o f Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota. Mark T. Schelske (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Education. B.A., Carleton University; M.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Minnesota. Milo A. Schield (1985). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Iowa State University: M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. Majorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor, Librarian, part-time. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor and Department Chairperson (Interim and Spring 1987) of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.Th., Luther Theological Seminaty; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana W. Skoglund (1978). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma W. Small (1978). Studio ArtistJVoice, part-time. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. Stanley H. Solnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado. Paul G. Sonnack (1954). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; C.T., B.Th., Augsburg Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago. Donald 6.Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.S., MS., Long Island University. Daniel Sturm (1979). Studio Artist/Classical Guitar. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace 6. Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: MS., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Kathryn Swanson (1985).Assistant Professor of English. B.A,, St. Olaf College: M.A,, University of Minnesota. Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art, B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor, part-time, Music. B.A., Hope College: M.M., Yale University: Ph.D., New York Universlty. Donald N. Warren (1978). Lecturer, part-time, lntro to Liberal Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Charles R. Williams (1984). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.A., North Carolina Central University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Nary Louise Williams (1978: 1984). Instructor and Department Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Dorothy J. Williamson (1970). Instructor, part-time, Art Education. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary E. Wilson (1969). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.A., B.M., Nacalester College. Helen A. Woelfel (1978).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University: M.S., Marquette University. Academic Calendar FALL 1986 .................................................M. Sep 1 ................................................Sa. Sep 6 ........................................ S u Sep 7 ............................................................ M. Sep 8 Labor Day recess Upperclass validation Freshmen registration Classes begin Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move upperflower division course to upper division Mid-term break Last day to designate grading option or move upperflower division course to lower division Interim registration Spring term pre-registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgivingrecess begins Classes resume Classes end .................................F. Final examinations begin Final examinations end Flnal grades due and lncompletes due from spring and summer '86 ..................... ...................F. Sep 19 ................. ....... . . . ...................F. Oct 24 . ........................................... F.Oct 31 ...................................................M. Nov 3 .F. Nov 7 ...................................M. Nov 17 .F. Dec 5 ........................... .F.Nov 21 .......................................Th. Nov 27 .................... . ............................M. Dec 1 .................... . . . Dec 12 ..........................................M. Dec 15 .........................................Th. Dec 18 .................................................M. Dec 29 Interim 1987 ............................................................ Classes begin M. Jan 5 Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move upperflower division course to .................Jan ... 6 upper division Last day to designate grading option or move upperflower division course to lower division M. Jan 19 Last day to withdraw from a class W. Jan 21 Classes end F. Jan 30 Interim grades due F. Feb 6 .................................... ..................................................... .............................. ............................................................... ................................................... Spring 1987 ....Tu.Feb 3 ....................... . . . . ........................................................... W. Feb 4 Validation of registration Classes begin Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move upperllower division course to upper division Mid-term break begins Classes resume Last day to designate grading option car move upperllower division course to lower division Easter break begins Classes resume Last day to withdraw from a class Early registration for fall Classes end Final examinations begin Final examinations end Baccalaureate Commencement Final grades due and lncompletes due from fa11 '86and Interim '87 ................................................. ....Tu.Feb 17 ................. S a. Mar 21 .................................................... M. Mar 30 .................................................... F. Apr 3 ...................... .....................F. Apr 17 ........ .,....,........,.M Apr 20 ........................ . ..............................F. Apr 24 ..... .......M. Apr 2 7F. May .................... . . . - 8 ........................... ........... J. May 15 ................... . . .................M. May 18 ......................................... . T h May 21 ............................................... Su. May 24 ................... . . . . .. W. May 27 Summer School 1987 .......................................................................M. Jun IT.Jun 26 ........................... . ....................................M. Jun 29.F. Aug 7 Term 1 Term 11 Upperclass validation and Freshmen registration Classesbegin Labor Day recess Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move upperllower division course to to upper division Mid-term break Last day to designate grading option or move u .~ ~. e.r l l o wdivision er course to lower division Interim registration Spring term pre-registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving recess begins Classes resume Classes end Final examinations begin Final examinations end Final grades due and Incompletes due from spring and summer '87 .....................................Tu.Sep 1 .................... . ............................ ..W. Sep 2 .......................................................M. Sep 7 .................................................W.Sep 16 ................................... .............F. Oct 23 .....................................................F. Oct 30 .......................................... M. Nov 2 .F. Nov 6 ................................... .M.Nov 16 .F. Dec 4 ..............................W. Nov 25 ......................................Th. Nov 26 .........................................................M. Nov30 ...............................................................F. Dec 11 .......................................... M. Dec 1 4 .............................................Th. Dec 17 ........................................... M. Dec28
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1988
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM ................. 2 Calendar .................... 3 Introduction About this Catalog ............3 ..................... Courses ..................... Options 3 5 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM ................. 2 Calendar .................... 3 Introduction About this Catalog ............3 ..................... Courses ..................... Options 3 5 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1988. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1988 ...................... .................... .......................... November 2-6 .Interim Registration December 7 .Late Interim Registration January4 .First Day of Interim Class I 9 a.m. Class I1 1 p.m. January5 .Last Day for Cancel/Add January18 .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January20 ... .Last Day for Withdrawing from Full Courses January29 .Interim Ends February 2 .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 3 .Spring Semester Begins ..................... . ............................... ........ ...................... The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8 a.m. to Noon (On the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9 a.m.) Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 18, at one o'clock. About this Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interims - Students are invited to be part of one of the 26 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 24. Contract forms are available in the same office. - Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1.Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $560 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Lourses Art d Li e Drawing A T 247-48001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils and the felt tip pen. Fee: $30 due the first day of class Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 17 J PlantsUand Civilization BIO 102-48002 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 1 Biological Evolution BIO 107-48003 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The anti-evolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationist" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from preDarwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisite: High School biology Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 212 Business H Business Ethics: The Social Responsibility o Business f; B S 270-48004 Instructor: Dick Herzog In this course we will focus on the responsibilities of business to society and consider problems that businesses and business people face in a world of competing value systems. We will explore the moral foundations of capitalism and the use of reason to study systematically business conduct and behavior. Topics will include discrimination/affirmative action, truth in advertising, insider information, corporate take overs and green mail, multinational corporations and so on. There will be lectures, discussions and probably some guests. Students will write and defend in class two essays on assigned topics. There will be a final examination. Prerequisite: Ethics recommended Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 Management Simulation Games BUS 278-48071/378-48072 Instructor: Amin Kader During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a computerized business management exercise. Each team will control a company which manufactures and sells similar products. Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends. Students registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at least one business course and to be able to apply business concepts learned. The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on systematic and deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between the various component parts of the business decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used for this group. Prerequisite: For 378 - BUS 242 or 252, BUS 221 or 331 and ECO 112 or permission of instructor Room: Psych 3 Time: I1 " Chemistry ' fur Changing Times CHE 100-48005 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill", food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 315 Chemistry in Health CHE 120-48006 Instructor: John Holum This course will progress from a study of basic principles of chemistry (with emphasis on acid-base equilibria) to a study of the chemical reactions by which our bodies manage the transport of oxygen and waste carbon dioxide in the chemistry of cellular respiration. We shall study several situations in which this chemistry goes awry - drug overdoses, overbreathing at high altitudes, emphysema, diabetes, hysterics, and pulmonary diseases. There will be some attention to the nature of chemistry in particular and science in general. Average of four two-hour lectures per week with demonstrations; evaluations by hour examinations and a final. This course meets distribution but does not count toward a chemistry major or minor. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 315 History of Chemistry CHE 125-48061 Instructor: Jean C. Kung This course seeks to outline the influence of history on the discovery of the elements. Ancient peoples discovered and used a few elements setting the prologue for chemistry. We will examine the discoveries of the elements, their utility and the development of chemistry from ancient concepts to alchemy to the powerful modern science of today. The course grade will be based primarily upon a term paper. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 319 Computer Science f7 ~ort;an CSC 270-48007 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Economics Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-48008 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools are introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor.) Distribution: Either Economics-Political Science or Urban Concerns Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Planned Economies (Soviet Union, Yu oslavia, India) 8 EC 495-48009 Instructor: Satya Gupta Students will study the evolution, objectives and performance of the present day economies of the Soviet Union, Yugoslavia and India under different systems of management. Students should be able to conceptualize and appreciate the differences in approach and solutions of economic problems of these countries. Grades will be based on three tests and one research paper. Prerequisites: ECO 112 or 113 (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 Education Student Teaching EDS 481-48010;EDE 481-48014 EDS 482-48011;EDE 482-48015 EDS 483-48012;EDE 483-48016 EDS 484-48013;EDE 484-48017 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. fke Once and Future King: Arthur Through the Ages ENG 130-48018/ENG 430-48025 Instructor: Joan Griffin "Hic jacet Arthurus Rex quondam rexque futurus (Here lies King Arthur, the once and future king)." These words, legend says, are engraved on the tomb of the greatest king who ever lived, Arthur of Britain. But another tradition says that Arthur never died. Instead, he was taken to the magical island of Avalon after he was wounded in his last battle. There he will remain until the world has need of a leader as great as he. In fact Arthur has returned again and again in myth, legend, poetry, novels, and films. Arthur (and Arthurian themes) have appeared in the works of great writers like T.S. Eliot and James Joyce. But he's appeared just as often on the best seller lists (in novels by Mary Stewart, for example), on the stage (Camelot) and in the movies (Excalibur). King Arthur is as compelling a figure in modern imagination as he was in medieval literature. Why7 Who is this Arthur7 Who was he in his own time, and what has he become throughout the centuries7 Our quest for the meaning of King Arthur will take us from medieval to modern times. We will look at classics like Sir Thomas Malory's Le Morta D'Arthur, and Alfred, Lord Tennyson's Idylls of the King. We will also look at more popular works like T.H. White's Once and Future King and movies like Monty Python and the Holy Grail and Excalibur. Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, contributions to class discussion, and an exam. Students enrolling for upper division credit will also be asked to lead a class discussion and write a long paper based on additional readings. Prerequisites: ENG 111Effective Writing (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore ENG 355-48019 Instructor: John Mitchell Devotees of rock and roll music tend neither to listen to the lyrics nor to understand them when they do, probably by preference. This course will examine the language of rock and roll, emphasizing figures of speech and other poetic techniques (metaphor, irony, etc.) and their thematic implications. Feature films, ranging from Blackboard Jungle to Woodstock to The Wall, will also be examined for their cultural implications and themes. Students will be required to take tests and to write an extended analysis based upon assigned readings and the use of language in the music. A fee will be charged to help pay for film rentals. Prerequisites: ENG Ill-Effective Writing Time: I1 Room: Science 123 Five College Advanced Short Fiction Writing ENG 362-48058 Instructor: Carol Bly This course will focus on writing short stories, but will also include a study of basic fiction theory and the reading of excellent works for use as examples. There will be frequent in-class exercises, short (200 word) homework fiction to write, peer and class critiquing and frequent conferences with the instructor. Small group work will be encouraged. We will explore sophisticated means of writing short American literature--with emphasis on generosity of plot, sensuous detail in place and time settings, presentation of characters, brisk and lovely language as well as we can manage. Grades will be based on writing, class participation and evidence of the grasp of advanced literary principles. Prerequisite: One writing course beyond effective writing and permission of Professor John Mitchell Time: 10:OO-12:30 TWRF Room: Hamline University, LC 102 E French Beginning French FRE 111-48057 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov This course aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course works toward the discovery of French culture and the French way of life. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 German Introduction t o Yiddish GER 220-48070 Instructor: Don Steinmetz What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Roof"), Issac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common7 They were written in Yiddish. How did expressions like "chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests. dia NLL 4 d ~ 1rrL ri~~,a Prerequisite: One year of college German or permission of instructor Time: I Room: Old Main 12 Health and Phwsical Education II Recreational Rhythms and Activities PE 232-48022 Instructor: Mary Manderfeld Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a 1/2credit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays, and alternate Fridays Room: Melby H Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48023 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff This course is designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the student to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39 foot fixed keel sailboat with five other people and will function as an active member of the crew. Actual on the water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Evaluation will be based on performance as a crew member as well as a written final exam. Prerequisite: Instructor's permission Distribution: Lifetime sport Beiltg H14man INS 18848063 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach What is it to be a human being? We will first raise questions about the extent of our knowledge, about the meaning of life, and about values. Secondly, we will explore how individuals are related to their society. We will analyze, among other things, the nature and purpose of education and the role of the individual in the state. Finally, we will focus on the impact which contemporary developments in artificial intelligence have on how we view ourselves. The course will emphasize reading original sources from various historical periods, and frequent written interaction with those readings. Several short papers plus written preparation for small group discussions will be expected. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Music 24 Images of America: From Wilderness Forest to Urban Sprawl EVE INS 188-48064 Instructor: Ron Palosaari When Europeans first settled in America they found themselves in a wilderness they hoped to transform into a garden. We modern Americans find ourselves in an increasingly urbanized environment and want simultaneously to transform the city to make it more liveable and also to flee the city and escape its problems by going back to nature. In this course we will study some works of literature and other texts that will help us understand how we got our attitudes toward city and country. We will consider the Greek development of the idea of the city, move on to the Hebrew and Christian conceptions of the ideal society and then study some of the development of American ideas about country and city. Students will be expected to develop a personal statement of their attitudes towards the rural and the urban. Students will write three papers and take a final examination. We will take a field trip or two and have several guest speakers. Texts: L. Mumford, The City in History, selections I Plato, The Republic, selection Bible, selections Augustine, The City of God, selections R.W.Emerson, "Nature" H.D. Thoreau, "Waldenff,selections N. Hawthorne, "My Kinsman Major Molineaux" E.A. Poe, "The Man of the Crowd" S . Crane, Maggie J. Baldwin, Go Tell It On the Mountain J.C. Oates, Them Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Music 23 Leadership in the City flz/E INS 188-48065 Instructor: Richard Nelson It has often been observed that leadership cannot be taught. While that is probably true, it is definitely true that leaders and leadership can be profitably studied. In this course we will study leadership within the context of the city. Through readings, discussion, and lectures we will view the ancient and modern city and selected problems within urban culture which require the development of various types of leaders and styles of leadership. During the first two weeks of class we will read from texts and view films which will provide us with background material, and since all events are rooted in time, much of this material will be historical in nature. The third week of the course will be devoted to time spent observing the city. Each student will visit with a leader in our metropolitan community whom you will interview in order to gain primary data about his or her role as a leader. In addition, you will work in teams to view the life of the city and formulate questions and observations about the nature of our metropolitan area. In the final week of the class we will reserve time for individual and team reports to be given in class. During the course you will write four short papers (3-4 pages), prepare oral reports based on your week in the city, and write three short exams. Each component, the short papers, the oral reports, and the short exams will comprise 30% of your final grade. Your participation in discussions will count 10% of your final grade. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 16 1 H Urban Theatre and Art 11v,C INS 188-48065 4 Instructor: Julie Bolton The Twin Cities is among the three largest theatre centers nationally. In this seminar we will use current local productions as a laboratory for our exploration of meaning in drama and theories of drama (expectations and needs of the audience, the nature of the dynamic process which is related between the actor and audience, and the differentiation between the play and the production). Play productions which were available in 1987 were Shakespeare's As You Like It, Chekhov's Uncle Vanya, Ping Chong's Nosferatu, and David Hare's A Map of the World among others. The seminar will focus on the themes: city/rural, artificial/ real, technology and civilization/nature, sin and darkness/ healing and restoration. We will use as background material classical humanistic texts: Job, Plato's The Republic, Shakespeare's Macbeth, Adam's The Dynamo and the Virgin and Lewis Mumford's City in History. Three productions will be viewed on which three 3-5 page critical reviews will be written and shared with the group as a basis for discussions. Research problems will require library use. Play productions will be supported by visits to art museums. There will be a fee for play admissions. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Interdisciplinary Externship: e ink in^ ducati ion and the World of Work INS 299-486% Instructors: Garry Hesser and Lois Olson Learn from your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a halftime placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1) to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand experience. Each participant will observe and work approximately 20 hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/log and seminar participation. Participants will complete a resume by November 24 and secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December 11). Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December ll. Women, Men and the Bible INS 181-48027 Instructor: Bev Stratton Who are the women of the Bible7 How have women been involved in or neglected by the Jewish and Christian faiths through the centuries7 How have other religions dealt with gender issues7 What does the Bible say about the roles and relationships of women and men in the family and in the church7 How do our images of God and our language effect our beliefs7 When must masculine pronouns be retained in Biblical translation, and when is inclusive language appropriate? How do our religious understandings of the roles of women and men impact our actions in society? We will explore these and other questions through extensive reading and class discussions. Our focus will be on the Judeo-Christian tradition, but we will also consider other religions, modern reactions to patriarchy, and inclusive language for worship. Evaluation will be based on class discussions, quizzes, short papers, exams, and a project. Prerequisites: An open mind Distribution: urban/women/minority Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Politics and Process in Education INS 183-48053 Instructor: Norm Ferguson Ever wondered about the advantages and disadvantages of the formal education you are experiencing? How have the educational methods you have been exposed to shaped your view of yourself and the world7 The objectives of this course are to examine the processes used today in American education (from elementary school through college) and to evaluate them from a variety of social science perspectives (political, psychological, sociological). The content of the courses will include topics such as: cooperative learning, experiential education, individual learning styles, whole-brain learning, social responsibility, and student-teacher interactions. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of topics such as these. Guest speakers will illustrate some of the alternative approaches to education being used currently in the Twin Cities. Evaluation will be based on: (a) class participation and (b) two papers or one paper and one class presentation. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: Psych 2 The Rabbi and the Robot: Human Value in the Computer Age INS 185-38029 Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will explore how human beings should be understood in an age of robots, intricate computers, and artificial intelligence. Using film, non-fiction, and fiction, we will examine these questions: Are human beings in some sense machines7 Is it conceivable that smart machines might in some sense be persons? What does the JudeoChristian tradition have to say about such questions7 Students will be asked to write one essay each week and to write one exam consisting of multiple choice and essay items. Prerequisites: A computer science, psychology or philosophy course Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Cultural and Political Realities in Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt INS 262-480 Instructors: Joel Mugge and Gary Olson Students will visit Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt to examine historical, cultural, socio-economic and political factors in interaction. The course will include readings, lectures and field experiences designed to illuminate life in the Moslem, Jewish and Christian communities and to increase understanding of the political and social dynamics which have engendered conflict in the region. Participants will meet with people and organizations representing the countries' many political and religious viewpoints. The group will also travel to key historical sites such as Jerusalem's Old City and Cairo's pyramids. Trip leaders will be Moravian College political science professor Gary Olson and Joel Mugge, Director of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College. Approximate cost will be $1800 from Minneapolis, including all transportation, accommodations, tours and meals with an itinerary extending from January 7 through January 24. Grading will be on a P/N basis only and evaluation will be based on a journal integrating experiences with assigned readings and on participation in a global perspectives forum during the spring term. Interested students must register first with the Center for Global Studies by October 30. Mathematics Shaping Up MAT 151-48056 Instructor: Bev Durkee A look at two and three dimensional geometric shapes by drawing or building models and by considering the mathematical structure of the patterns of their symmetries (rotations, reflections, etc.) through transferational geometry. The course should be helpful to those in elementary education or other nonscience majors interested in visual patterns. Assignments will be required. Course examinations at midterm and final. Prerequisite: Level 3 on Mathematics Placement Test Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 112 H Math of Interest MAT 173-48062 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in finance-related fields. Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 H The Logical Game of Mathematics MAT 241-48028 Instructor: Larry Copes Lower-division mathematics students generally play only games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL mathematics before committing themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam. Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: Science 205 Music E Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-48033 Instructor: Roberta Metzler An introductory course for students planning to major in music therapy. Course will consist of a general overview of the field of music therapy, with visitations to several clinical sites in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation: $15. Time: I1 Room: Music 26 E Improvisation in Music MUS 129-48032 Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen Improvisation in Music meets every day for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Time: I1 Room: Music 4 The Electronics of Music MUS 230-48030/MUS 430-48031 Instructor: Robert KarlCn An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in: 1. Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quartertrack, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. Individually creating, modifying, and mixing sounds from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and computer-controlled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using primarily traditional and non-traditional sound sources. Upper division students will also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 5 Norwegian Be inning Norwegian g NO 111-48034 Instructor: Nancy Aarsvold Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding, Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. The final grade is derived from daily assignments, ~ u ~ = F s and , a final examination. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Nursing Pends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-48035 Instructor: Terry Welcher This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Philosophy Readings in Mystical Literature: The Western Padition PHI 390-48036 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer The object of this course is to analyze the principles of the various forms of mystical experience based on discussions of selected mystical texts that are considered as basic (classic) in forming Western spirituality. Topics include: ecstatic experience, purgation of the senses, mysticism and the feminine, mysticism and poetry. Evaluation will be by short papers and final examination. This course meets the Humanities major requirement of a perspectives course. Time: I Room: Memorial 323 Philosophy of Science PHI 365-48037 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey Sometimes it is said that we live in the Age of Science. What does that mean? In what sense(s) might such a statement be said to be true or false? Is it really true that only science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any limits to scientific method? For example, what does science have to say about values? These and other questions about scientific methods, scientific knowledge, and the applications for science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?) Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a mid-term and a final examination; course participation; and an individual study project. Prerequisites: Suggested prior courses: PHI 130 (Logic)and one course in natural science Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 Phusics ~&oduction to Weather PHY 106-48040 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Prerequisite: High School Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 123 The Physics of Music PHY 112-48038 Instructor: Jeff Johnson This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine string and horn instruments (and possibly others including the human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument. Prerequisite: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 30 The Starship Accords PHY 180-48039 Instructor: Mark Engebretson You have been selected to participate in the establishment of the first permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, it will be your duty during flight to: A. Familiarize yourself with the environment expected in any of the several galactic locations thought to be suitable for colonization. B. Choose the location, design, and level of technology of the new colony. C. Help design a system of governance for the entire community. Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and political theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Evaluation will be based on the above and on two short quizzes. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Library 1 Po Iitical Science II Patterns of Change in the Middle East POL 268-38068/468-48069 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The objectives of this course are to go behind the headlines and achieve deeper understanding of the issues facing policy makers in the Middle East today and to make use of theoretical perspectives from history, comparative politics and international relations while examining Middle East political life. Lectures and class reading will explore the long heritage of Islam in the area as well as the impact of Western power and political concepts. How ideas and social movements confront each other amidst rapid technological and social change will be studied. Students will also analyze the complex policy choices facing outside powers with interests in the region. All students will read an introductory text and select from recent specialized studies on six societies: Iran, Israel, Egypt, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, and the Palestinians. All students will give oral critiques of two books from the set of specialized studies and will write a final essay on political aspects of two countries. Additional class meetings will be held to discuss readings on the comparative method and selected Middle East political topics as treated in an additional text required for upper division credit. Upper division students will critique methodology as well as the information and stylistic approach of the books presented in classroom critiques. An additional final essay applying comparative theory to two Middle East countries will be required for upper division students. Prerequisites: None for lower division; one political science course and sophomore status for upper division Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 H Political Economy POL 459-48041 Instructor: Joseph Goldman This course introduces students to the theoretical and policy questions dealing with political economy; especially how politics and economics interrelate across industrializing and postindustrializing systems. Using history, political science and economics, we will look at the concepts, models, theories and paradigms of national and international development. Issues like the "North-South debate, GNP growth, market expansion, industrialization, capitalization, the arms race and high technological advancement are covered. Students are evaluated on a comprehensive examination and a short (15-20 pp) term paper in the form of a case study or policy study in consultation with the instructor. The examination and a paper are worth each 50% of the total grade. Prerequisites: Preferably course work in political science or economics Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I Room: Psych 3 Ps ycilology H Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-48042 Instructor: Paul Hirdman Psychology is more than rats1 It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. Here you will have the opportunity to explore some of the concepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understanding and insights from this discipline. Readings, lectures, and special presentations will be utilized involving the instructor and class members. Evaluation will involve class participation, student research presentations and exams. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: Psychology 4 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-48043 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis. Prerequisites: PSY 105-General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 27 The ~ u t h e r a n Heritage REL 345-48044 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development and cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. One text costing approximately $12.00 must be purchased in class on the second day. Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 18 The Bible, Language and Interpretation REL 445-48052 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Prerequisites: Senior Honors Student or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Social Work Ex loring Human Services SJ K 257-48055 Instructor: Francine Chakolis This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Melby 24 Issues of Hornelessness SWK 339-48051 Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand student's knowledge of homelessness in an historical context; 2. To expand student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities; 3. To expand student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal. 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness. Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A semin a r f o r m a t will be used in the classroom f o r discussion/exploration of the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis of evaluation. Fee: $30.00 Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. Prerequisites: SOC 111, 121, SWK 257, 361, or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Psych 2 H Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain SWK 346-48059 Instructor: Rosemary Link Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern - ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures. London is the nerve center for the countrv's resources and we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrens' Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal social policies. These policies have established services available to all citizens in health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social services. They also provide the major working turf of the social work profession. As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities. Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The Houses of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites such as Oxford are an integral part of recognizing and appreciating the whole community. Culture and history come to life during day excursions through the gentle English countryside to Oxford and Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury. Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise o f the Welfare State; l? Barclay, Social Workers: Their Role and Tasks; Charles Dickens, Oliver Twist; any play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality press' - The Guardian, The Times, The Telegraph. Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current social policy (which includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The comprehensive fee of $1,965 includes air and surface travel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week London travel pass. Registration for this interim must be made before October 23 in The International Center, Old Main 20. Field Work III SWK 466-48045/SWK 466-48046 Instructor: Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-48045) (15 hours per week) or full (466-48046) (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: to be arranged Sociology Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-48047 Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Students can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, written assignments, and/or examinations. Distribution: Urban/Minority Time: I Room: Old Main 25 .- Spanish Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-48048 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental literature through the use of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selections from different points of view. We shall read half a dozen short stories, several plays, one novel and a number of poems. Student evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in class discussions, and a final exam. This course is designed for foreign language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll. Offered in English. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Speech, Communication, Theatre Children's Theater SPC 285-48049 Instructor: Gary Parker Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary. Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage Two H Television News Production SPC 344-48050 Instructor: Warren Harmon This will be a basic course in television news production taught on location. Students will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting, writing, editing and producing the news. Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not a television studio. Students should have some previous TV coursework. Check with Julie Bolton in the speech department for further information. Prerequisite: Permission of Department chair, Julie Bolton Time: I Room: Dayton-Hudson Production Studios, St. Paul Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 23, 1987. These courses are offered on P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. H Art and Culture in Europe: A Study in Contrasts H Austria, Italy and Eastern Capitals: The Habsburg Heritage H The Bahamas: Women, Health and Healing H Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands H China: Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow H Costa Rica: Ecology of Tropical Forests H English Castles and Cathedrals, Cities and Countryside H The English School and Family H Europe and the Rise of Modern Science H France at the Dawn of the XXI Century: Modernity and Tradition H German Language and Culture H The Greek Experience H Hawaii: A Cultural History H Intermediate German: 2000 Years in Trier International Law and Business in a European Environment H The Irish Renaissance H Italy and Malta: Ancient Cultures and Contemporary Problems H London, Paris, Amsterdam: The Legacy of Wealth and Power Mexico: The Old and the New H From Monastery to Manufacturing: The Dawn of Capitalism The Natural History of New Zealand Paris-Dakar: The French-African Connection Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain H The Soviet Union: Church and State After 1000 Years H Theatre in England: Its Texts and Contexts H The Vikings These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-48073 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Washin on D. C. Interims ? Leaders on eadership: Models for Policy Making POL 398-48073 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles POL 398-48074 These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. The foSlowing activity is available to students during Interim and srudenks may register for this class as well as for a repsilar course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does meet h e liferime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in his class without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-48067 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, caught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO-1:00M, W,F Room: Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 2002
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ......................2 Options ......................4 Visiting Students ................5 About This Catalog................. 5 Calendar ........................6 Interim Courses ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................36 Interim Abroad .................. 38 Other Courses ...
Show more ......................2 Options ......................4 Visiting Students ................5 About This Catalog................. 5 Calendar ........................6 Interim Courses ...................7 Lifetime Sports ...................36 Interim Abroad .................. 38 Other Courses ...................39 Introduction Introduction to Interim The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The College is changing its calendar next year to a 4-4 calendar so January Interim 2002 will be the last opportunity to take an Interim course. Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first year. All other current students are expected to complete the two interims required for graduation. Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112 weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full time, they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration and will be charged WEC tuition $1321 per course credit and a $25 technology fee. If they do so, they may petition to take an additional 1.0 course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester. Augsburg College, as afirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic andlor school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students. Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Betty Wade, afirmative action coordinator, Ofice of Human Resources, CB 79,Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, M N 55454. She can be reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, <wadeb@augsburg.edu>. Options International Interim-Students are invited to participate in the international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE) and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on page 38. Some courses have early registration deadlines. Internships deadline-Friday, December 7. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Office of the Registrar. Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements or major requirements. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,844 for the Interim course plus a $25 technology fee. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Office of Residence Life. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are marked with an airplane. Interim Calendar 2002 November 13 to December 1 January 3 . . . . . . . . . . Interim registration ..........................First day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day) Time 11-1:15 p.m January 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last . day to register or add a class January 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Last day to drop a class without notation on record January 16 ..................... Last day for determining grading option with registrar January 16 .........Last day for withdrawing from courses January 2 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no class January 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends January 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins February 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Interim grades due to registrar The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 to 11:45 a.m. (Note:on the first day, Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:15-5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day-no class For More Information For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the Interim Office at 612-330-1 150. h f e Drawing ART 247-J Instructor: John McCaffrey A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with a variety of drawing media. Students will study form, structure, skeletal and surface anatomy, proportion, rendering techniques, and composition. There will be a $45 fee to be paid on the first day of class Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tme: I Room: Old Main 17 /Topics: Watercolor Painting: Art of the French Table ART 300-J Instructor: Tara Christopherson A !r' Aim What Arles cafe seated Van Gogh on the yellow chair he immortalized? What Provencal traditions produced the inspiration for Cezanne's still life, Fruit Bowl, Glass and Apples? How did the region's pottery and glass artisans influence the dramatically modern Leger and Picasso? The wallpaper in Matisse's tableau, Harmony in Red-did it hang in his studio on the outskirts of Nice? And FragonardProvencal romantice, what perfumes from his native Grasse inspired his flower-filled paintings? In this course, students learn transparent watercolor techniques and experience the art of the French table by painting on location-subject matter, conversation, locations, and traditions that inspired masters. For more information, contact Prof. Tara Christopherson, 612-330-1232. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Marine Biology of the Florida Keys BIO 140-J BIO 340-J Instructor: William Capman dLm The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about two weeks in Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilities, oceangoing research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West, and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, and (4) final exam. Prerequisite for BIO 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents-BIO 101, 102,103,113, 114, or consent of instructor. BIO 340:(l)field and laboratory records, (2)personal journal, (3)quizzes at Marine Institute, (4)written report of the research project, and (5)final exam. Prerequisite for BIO 340: BIO 351 or BIO 481 or consent of the instructor. Estimated cost of the course: $2,500 (includes airfare, all ground transportation, housing, and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructor for details. Prerequisite: See Above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: II Room: Science 225 Rhe Biology of Aging BIO 185-J Instructor: Bob Herforth With the aging of the Baby Boom generation, interest in, and research on, the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age and diseases associated with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's disease, and cardiovascular disease. The major theories that have been proposed to explain what causes aging will be presented, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals and humans. Prerequisite: None Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 315 /personal Finance BUS 240-J Instructor: Ashok Kapoor This is an introductory course in personal financial planning. Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement planning. Evaluation: Quizzes and exams. Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Foss 43 Responding to the Challenge of Japan BUS 368-J Instructor: Steven LaFave This course provides an examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international business or any field of business administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and American Plastic CHM 104-J Instructor: Ron Fedie Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze Age. Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and others that are used everyday come from different polymeric materials made from polymer molecules. In this course we will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry. Polyethylene is one of the most commonly used synthetic polymers in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and latex gloves are just some of the many uses. The class will focus on two books. One, American Plastic: A Cultural History, by Jeffrey Meikle, for the historical perspective of our world of polymers. Themes from the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. A second book, Giant Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will help with the previously mentioned themes and give more depth to the broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's book. There will be six lab periods in which some polymer molecules will be made and several of their interesting properties will be explored. Students will be graded on 25 group worksheets, six quizzes, six reflection papers, six lab periods, and an individual project and presentation. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 22 Time: II Room: Science 315 States of Maiter (.50 Credit) CHM 114-J Instructor: Joan Kunz CHM 114 provides an overview of the main states of matter, examining the laws governing the behavior of gases, liquids, solids, colloids, and solutions. The course connects chemical theory and models of matter with real world behavior and application. CHM 114 is a required transitional course for students needing one year of general chemistry who enter at the CHM 105 level and intend to take CHM 116 in the spring. CHM 106 will not be offered in the spring of 2002; all students needing two semesters of general chemistry must take either CHM 1151116 or CHM 10511141116. Prerequisite: CHM 105 Time: I Room: Science 212 Introduction to Computer Science and Communications CSC 160-J Instructor: Charles Sheaffer This course introduces the major areas of computer science and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms, algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation. This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a course in computer applications or how to use computers, although we may touch on these topics. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Tune: I Room: Sverdrup 202 UNlX and C CSC 272-J Instructor: Karen Sutherland Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Grading will be based on examinations and programming assignments. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Sverdrup 202 School and Society EDC 480-J Instructor: Joe Erickson -l'l~iscrmrse will rxanainc. the rr~lcof schools and ducatinn in two cultures: the United States and Nicaragua. Participants will have an opportunity to see how these two contrasting cultures and social systems view the role of schools within their societies. Every system of learning has both opportunities and defects. Those in leadership roles within each system make choices about how to educate. The goal of the course is to enhance participants' understanding of the role of teaching and learning within a society, both in the formal elementary and secondary educational systems and in non-formal educational structures such as adult literacy campaigns. For more information, contact Prof. Joe Erickson, 612-330-1647. Prerequisite: Sophomore-standing education majors & completed PPST & admitted to the education department Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing (If taken in conjunction with EDC 200.) Time: WEClDay 1 Topics: Live Theatre Here and Abroad: The Best of Two Worllds ENG 282-2 Instructor: Ron Palosaari & Darcey Engen W f/F , ~ I London, an exciting city to visit, has the best live theatre in the world. MinneapolisISt. Paul is one of the best places for drama in America. We will spend 10 days enjoying London theatre, nightlife, and cultural opportunities. Then we will return and study Twin Cities theatre, which has its own strengths. Students will also be assigned several museums and art gallery visits, hear guest speakers that will include directors, actors, and stage managers. Our course will be especially good for those students who want to travel abroad but are looking for a shorter or less expensive trip. Any interested student, however will find this course a rich educational experience. For more information, contact Prof. Ron Palosaari, 612-330-1005, or Prof. Darcey Engen, 612-330-1549. Prerequisite: None Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Topics: Investigating the Victorian Thriller ENG 282-D ENG 482-D Instructor: Dallas Liddle This course will study the phenomenon in 19-century Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror. From Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its end, the nightmares imagined by novelists of Great Britain have continued to interest and horrify readers throughout the 20th century. Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860's however, popular novelists including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, Eliza Wood, and Wilkie Collins were producing a stunningly successful series of works in which the action was set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes, and the villains (as one reviewer remarked) seemed like people the reader might meet at dinner. Often challenging and sometimes subversive, these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues that the politer genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides of urban life, industrial poverty, and empire. We will read several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture that produced them. We will read original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we will also work to determine why these novels have continued to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class attendance and participation, two short papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read one additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and share the results of their research with the class. Prerequisite: ENG 111 Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Foss 20 Topics in History: Minnesota History HIS 195-J Instructor: Bill Green This course will cover the early racial, ethnic, political, and economic history of Minnesota, focusing on the Ojibway and Dakota, the explorations of the French and British, the U.S. territorial era, and statehood. We also will look at how European immigration impacted Minnesota, and how the rise of various political movements influenced the governance of the state. Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Dance (men only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232-M Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I- 1~,118,119,1110,1111,1114,1115,1116 Room: Melby Gym - center court Dance (women only) (0.5 course credit) HPE 232-W Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I - 1~,118,119,1110,1111,1114,1115,1116 Room: Melby Gym - center court Instructional Materials & Methods in Health Education HPE 390-J Instructor: Eileen Uzarek This course will cover principles and methods of instruction applied to health education(5-12). Emphasis upon teachingllearning strategies and student assessment. Development and delivery of lessonslactivities is included. Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on their ability to create, deliver, and assess health education lessons in a "real"c1assroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based upon the completion of a "technology project:' resource file, and exam. Prerequisite: HPE 110 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Melby 202 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-J Instructor: Joyce Pfaff 1'1 e>m Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $3,500, which includes airfare for Augsburg day students and qualifying Interim exchange students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce I Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department, 612-330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills; Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled) Introduction to Islam INS 225-J Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Paideia Seminars INS 255-J Instructor: Anne Kaufman Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars, and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper. Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Topics: I've Been Working on the Railroad INS 268-J Instructor: Noel Petit An overview of the history, technology, economics, and future of railroading in the United States. Includes visits to rail and transportation facilities here in the Twin Cities as well as a rail trip to Chicago on Amtrak to experience intercity and commuter rail systems. Designed to give the student an understanding of the significance of this hidden part of the U.S. economy. The student will learn how significant Minnesota has been in the development of rail systems where we are going in this growing industry. We will have a special emphasis on the development of the towns of the Midwest. Students will complete four papers (one each week) and present their paper to the class (with multimedia images and videos) each week. Students will critique each presentation. Trip Fee: $300. Note: This fee will be placed on your student account when you register for this course. Prerequisites: Effective Writing English 111 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking Time: I Room: Sverdrup 201 Work in the City Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 298-K Instructors: Lois Olson & Lynda Olson This course introduces students to the nature of work, and its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special emphasis will be on self-discovery learning activities, visits to Twin Cities businesses and community organizations, and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options, complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises and selfassessments, and give individual and group presentations. Students will also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan area. PIN grading only. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: II Room: Lindell 16 Native American Storytelling INS 332-J Instructor: Sophia Jacobsen The objective of this course is to study Native American storytelling from a cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions will be emphasized and studied within the broader context of world mythologies. Students will learn how the art of storytelling is integral to story content. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics or Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Music 23 Topics: The Czech Republic: Social and Cultural Impact of the Emerging Free Market Economy INS 495-C Instruclor: Stu Stoller This intensive experience in contemporary Czech culture and society will allow you the opportunity to develop an appreciation for the many diverse cultures that intersect in Central Europe. Students will reflect critically on how their own life experiences have shaped their perspectives in the world, and how this differs from people in other countries. During week one, there will be excursions and field trips that will explore the environs of Olomouc and study the history, culture, art, and architecture of the Czech Republic. Week two will focus on the Czech Republic's recent membership of NATO. Students will study the roots of the divisions of modern Europe, the concerns of the Czech government as it approaches membership in the EU. The final week will concentrate on developing a capitalist enterprise in the excommunist world, looking at how models are succeeding, and how different sectors of Czech society are responding to the changes in social norms and values, which underlie these new economic initiatives. For more information contact Stu Stoller at 612- 330-1772 Applied Algebra MAT 105-J Instructor: Su Doree Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an emphasis of applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and everyday life. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 1 I ' Math of lnterest MAT 173-J Instructor: Nick Coult Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 205 Math of lnterest MAT 173-K Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 108 I Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe w M U 5 179-J Instructors: Roberta Kagin & Gabe Gabrielsen d m\,/I ' I ' h i ~cnlirse provides an opl~nrtiir~ity t1-r visit sonw of tlw F Great Eurclpeau c~~ltural ccfilers that ~~rovidcd the impctits f i l l I development of cultural life in the New World. For more information you may call Prof. Roberta Kagin, 612-330-1273. Liberal Art Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Survey of Rock History and Musical Style, 1951-1971 MUS 204-J Instructor: Ned Kantar An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, written assignments, exam, and a group project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Music 3 . Skills of Music Theatre MUS 235-J THR 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson & Darcey Engen Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from the basic human impulse to dance, sing, and express oneself. Come join theatre professor Darcey Engen and music professor Sonja Thompson as we explore this interdisciplinary art form, and assist you in developing your own performance skills. In addition to memorizing, analyzing, and performing your own scene from an opera, operetta, or a musical, you will also be introduced to music-theater from China, Japan, India, and other cultures. The course includes writing and research, class discussion and exercises, improvisation, and small and large group instruction. Performers of all levels are welcome, though some singing and acting ability is required. Interested students will be auditioned in December and appropriate material will be assigned. Course may be repeated with permission from the instructors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Sateren Auditorium Beginning Norwegian I NOR I l l - J Instructor: Becky Hegstad This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 26 The Philosophy of Socrates PHI 231-J Instructor: David Apolloni We shall examine the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and what our sources allow us to say about his person and teachings. We shall clarify and critically examine Socrates' key teachings: that virtue is a form of knowledge and that all virtues are somehow one; that evil is ignorance; whether or not virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for wrong doer to be happy; and that being a citizen requires obedience to the state's laws, even if that means accepting one's own death. There will be take-home written assignments and weekly quizzes. Prerequisite: None Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Existentialism PHI 370-J Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach We begin with the philosophical background of Existentialism in Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Husserl, and Heidegger. We then consider what it is to be beings-in-theworld by focusing on central themes such as freedom, absurdity, guilt, despair, paradox, risk, and the presence and absence of God in the philosophical and literary works of individuals like Sartre, Camus, Kafka, Beckett, and deBouvoir. Prerequisite: One prior course in Philosophy Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 22 Introduction to Space Science PHY 320-J Instructor: Ken Erickson This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research paper, and at least one class presentation. Prerequisite: Phy 245 or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Sverdrup 206 Environmental and River Politics POL 241-J Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady We live and work on the shores of the largest river in North America. It is the reason the Twin Cities are located where they are, and it continues to define the city, as human settlement here in turn has profoundly shaped the river ecosystem. Of late in cities across America there has been "a return to the river," and in this class we will be doing the same. The river stands as a remarkable symbol for the community, of continuity and change, of cycles and transformation, of the power and beauty of the natural world, and there is much to be learned from studying it. Using the Mississippi as the focus, this course looks at the changes in thinking about the relationship between humanity and the natural world, as the relationship has been expressed in literature, law, science, religion, political philosophy, and popular culture. Particular attention will be paid to legal and cultural conceptions of the natural world, including the ideas of property and ownership. We will explore the distinction between wilderness and civilization and the political function of the line dividing those two realms. We will cxplott. the ~bivorlhrt>ughthc cycs and cxpcrienccs c b f those whv have wr-rkerl ancl lived their lives along il, anrl through sitc visits to Incatio~lsalong thc river, speakers in class, nnd on the Internet. S!~tdentswill t~avi.iln opportui~ity to explow thcir own inttresrs in tl~criver through i n d i v i d u a l projects, ranging rrom boat building, lo Inhlying at the Stutc Ct~pital,In rhe vnrinlrs Mississippi Honds, tn river wolcl~yand "green consumerism." There will bc o p p o r t u n i l i e s to work will1 Incrll river-relatctl groups 011 thasc projccts,'~h~.ou~liont thc coursc s ~ t ~ d e nwill t s he encousngctl to drcnm, and to worlc o t ~talcing that vision and ~ i ~ a k i nit gn i.e:~li~y, in building wip port lor n projccr, in netwnrlritls, in hilvinp, palicnce, in fclllnw ing rhrouph, in working hartl, R I I ~ at ! tlir enrl, 11;lving sornr~l~i~ig concrete to show for thtir effilrrs. T11esc pmjcc~s can h~ B j~rtjtntypcfor the f ~ ~ t ~pt ur ~ r s r ~nf i l a vnratiori lo cnntribute lo thc*jrworld in whntcvor wny one is celled to tic1 SO. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 Understanding Asian America: The Politics of Identity POL 282-J Instructor: Andrew Aoki This course focuses on Asian Pacific Americans (APAs) and thcir chilnging p o s i l i o n in Amcrican socie~y,Innking a t history ns ~ c l as l contcinpnr:lry ile\~cloymcnls. L l x n ~ i ~ i n c s Elnw hltAs hnvc hccn idcn~ificdhy olliers, ar~rlhow Asian An~cricar~s itlcntify thcrusrlvcs. Will Al+'ir fi~llnwa "'racial" pailern Isii~~ibr to Al'laicnnAmcricarts), or will they follow nn "eihnic" pattern (similar lo I'uropean Arnoricans)? Tc, what cxtcrit rrrill those not nf E u r o p c a n dcqccnt be sccn as part CII the mainstream rather than the margins? These questions are relevant not just for APA affairs, but also for the larger social changes that are sweeping America at the beginning of the Science and Religion J .9. -- 7 - REL 374-J Instructors: Larry Crockett & Mark Engebretson For somc in our sncicty, scie~lccir t l ~ driving c enainc ofa l)cttcr, inore scclrre l i f t i ~ n dthe hasis h r a philosopl-ty of life. I:or n~hers, scici~ura nrl irs assaciatecl ~cchnologieq,n long wit11 its inviratinn tn hecomc n glnbal wnrltlview, constilcitc a gl-nvc tlircal. Smne Cl~rislinnspart irulnsly iccl thrcntencrl by science. Tlris coarse will adclrcss ~ h c s rlnatters in two ways. Firs!, it will I~cginwiih a historica! nvcrview nS tlie relatioi~s bstwecn scicncc and tllc Chrisiinn f6~itll, empl~wsizills~lircc periods: he clrigins o f the Clrrisiian faith, thu clevcl~ipmentof "morlern" sciencc ant! ~~~cclianistic ~diilrrsal~liy, and thr recvilluat ion [tf scicncc anil natulnchirr Ihc 201h rcnt~rry.Scconci, it will stlldy systematically the wnrlctvictm of scicncc and religion to see how they compare. Class tilnc will hc tlivirlud ,lmnng a variety of artivitics including lectures, wliolc class tlisctrssicms, snlall Rruilp IU rorials, arrrl an oxtended simtr Intion cxercisu in dcvclnpirrg a space cillol~y,itlrawitig from thr ide;is rlcvclopcll in ihr coiirse. (hurse cv:tluatic~nwill I>c hnsurl un two sl~ortexams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthesis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: II Room: Science 205 Topics: Heaven, Hell and the End of the World: Interpreting Biblical Apoca!yptic Liferature REL 490-J Instructor: Philip Quanbeck I 1 This course is a study of the apocalyptic literature of the Bible with emphasis on the book of Daniel in the Old Testament and the book of Revelation in the New Testament, as well as apocalyptic themes elsewhere in the New Testament, such as the letters of the Apostle Paul. The apocalyptic literature of the intertestamental period will also be examined. This course will also address the legacy of apocalyptic literature in the history of Christian thought and experience including an examination of contemporary apocalypticism. This will include the role of biblical apocalyptic imagery in art, literature, film, and popular culture. Coursework will include group presentations, two exegetical papers on biblical texts, and a final project. Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time II Room: Old Main 25 Cultures of Violence SOC 290-J Instructor: James Vela-McConnell Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide. Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence? What do they have in common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological, and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction papers based on the readings, and classroom participation will be an important part of grading. This course has a lab fee of $25 payable the first day of class to the instructor. Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Old Main 13 Topics: The Sociology of Social Movements SOC 295-J Instructor: Lars Christiansen Scores of social movements have shaped and challenged the social, political, and economic institutions of the United States. Many of these protest movements seek to change the established social order; some seek its defense and preservation. This course offers the sociological study of social movements in the United States within the last two centuries. We will explore important question such as: Why do people engage in protests at certain times, while at other times reamin silent? Why are people willing to risk their lives to create social change? How do social movements form, and what causes their decline? Is the use of violence an effective means of establishing social change? We will address these and other crucial questions through a systematic study of several social movements including labor, civil rights, feminist, environmentalist, and anti-global capital movements. Prerequisite: Soc 121 or permission of professor. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II Room: Old Main 29 Documentary Video SPC 347-J Instructor: Deb Redmond Documentary video is a video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Science 123 Exploring Human Services SWK 257-A SWK 257-B Instructors: Glenda Rooney & Francine Chakolis Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 60 hours in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. The course is designed to introduce the fields of practice in social work and to help students explore a possible major in social work or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings that explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students at the close of Interim registration. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections Time: I Room: Foss 21 A and B Field Work I: Integrative Seminar SWK 307-A SWK 307-B Instructor: Curt Paulsen & Joe Clubb Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of supervised professional experience in a social work agency. This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing on generalist practice with individuals. Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306 Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Murphy 111 Introduction to Dance (0.0 credit) THR 002-T HPE 002-T Instructor: Sandra Agustin With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance, including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms. Each class includes a rigorous physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates, and modern dance. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Prerequisite: None Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium Modern Dance/lmprovisation THR 004-J HPE 004-J Instructor: Sandra Agustin Students will learn various phases of movement incorporating floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation of short, improvisational pieces. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Prerequisite: THRIHPE 002 or instructor's permission. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 1:OO-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Sateren Auditorium Skills of Music Theatre THR 235-JIMUS 235-J Instructors: Sonja Thompson & Darcey Engen See course information listed under MUS 235-J. Resources for Youth and Family Ministry Y FM 201-J Instructor: Nancy Going The Twin Cities are home to many youth and family organizations and parachurch ministries. This course in an unbelievable opportunity to visit many of them, and to get to know many of the creative people who have conceived and given shape to significant resources for the church. In addition, students will have hands-on opportunities to review and use the printed, music, media, and Web resources that are shaping ministry in the church today. Finally, students will learn a process for planning, and develop their presentation skills by providing leadership for a two-day retreat. Retreat costs: $30. We will pool transportation for site visits and the retreat. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: II -January 3, 4, 7 - 11, 17, 18, 22, & end with retreat on January 23-24 from 9:00 a.m. on January 23 to 8:00 p.m. on January 24. Room: Sverdrup 1 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership YFM 232-J Instructor: Lyle Griner Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others within a Christian belief system. Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 9 a.m. - 11:30 a.m. on January 3,8, l0,22, & 24; and 9 a.m. - 5 p.m. on January 14, 15, 16 & 17 Room: Sivertsen Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Lifetime Sport: Badminton/Pickleball HPE 002-B Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton and pickleball. Grading: PIN only. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Melby Gym-northlsouth courts Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee HPE 002-F Instructor: Paul Grauer Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Air Structure Lifetime Sport: Golf HPE 002-G Instructor: Brian Ammann Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf. Grading: PIN only Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: 1:00-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Air Structure Introduction to Dance HPE 002-T/THR 002-T Instructor: Sandra Agustin See course information listed under THR 002-T. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Satern Auditorium Modern Dance/lmprovisation HPE 004-JTTHR 004-J Instructor: Sandra Agustin See course information listed under THR 004-J. Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: 1:00-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F Room: Satern Auditorium Interim Abroad UMAIE SPP 201-J Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following - courses can be obtained from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454,612-330-1650. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Africa e5 the Middle East African Stories: Philosophical Ideas in Literature Crossroads Africa: Arts and Culture in Morocco The Natural History of Tanzania Australia and the South Pacific Sustainable New Zealand: Ecology, Economy and Society Australia: The Economy and its Social Context Europe Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies: The Northern Ireland Context The Czech Republic: Social and Cultural Impact of the Emerging Free Market Economy Tltr 13rrcqlish Srlrard nnrl l:rrt~riiy:A Cot?~parrrtiveStudy in Nirt', Id~*tlr), and Paris Frct~rhI,nri,vra,qc rrrtd Culrr~n~ ?t~~errnl?rli~rrr .'ipnrrisi~C n ~ r g i r g rrrlrri Ctrl/rri-cin Southern Spain Live Theatre In and Around London The Lost Generation: Americans in Paris Spain: The Influence of a National Culture on Organizational Practices Theatre in England Watercolor Painting: Art of the French Table The European Union in the 21st Century Latin America and the Caribbean School and Society . Other Interim Abroad Courses HECUA Development and Community in Bangladesh ACTC Peace and Conflict Resolution in Northern Ireland ACTC Creative Writing Workshop at Hamline: Transforming Genres Course will carry upper division English credit Instructor: David Mura David Mura will teach the ACTC 2002 advanced creative writing course at Hamline University. His topic will be "transforming genres." Mura, a poet, creative nonfiction writer, critic, playwright, and performance artist, will encourage students to write in one genre to explore shifting their work to another genre. The total class size will be limited to 2-3 recommended students from each college. Prerequisites: Eng 226, or other introductory creative writing course, and recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To apply for this course, contact Professors Cass Dalglish and Doug Green. Maximum Enrollment: Three student writers from each of the ACTC colleges. Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Inside Washington 2002: Academic seminars Politics and the Media Politics, Power, and the Presidency January 6-1 8, 2001 Pol 398-A(l.O Credit) January 2002 marks the end of President Bush's first year in office and the beginning of the race for the congressional midterm elections that may mean a party switch in the House or Senate. Much is also at stake at the state level as numerous gubernatorial races may determine who will run for president in 2004. Many retirements and new seats as a result of reapportionment and redistricting means that the political deck is being reshuffled. Who will be advantaged? What are the likely outcomes? What main forces will be at play? How will President Bush's policy agenda affect the political landscape and what role does the media play in the political and policy games of Washington, D.C.? Inside Washington 2002 is an exceptional opportunity for students to step into the fire of politics and gain a unique insight into these and many other issues. Through site visits, tours, briefings, and lectures, politicians, media personalities, policy makers, and scholars will take students on a behind-the-scenes journey through the halls of power. Don't miss this special opportunity to go inside Washington! The first week, "Politics and the Media:' will examine how the relationship between politicians and the media shapes political news. The second week, "Politics, Power, and the Presidency:' will explore the first year of the Bush Administration, and the influences that affect the public policy agenda of any new presidential administration. For further information about the program see Professor Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117A, call her at 330-1197, or email: hedblom@augsburg.edu.There are four scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through the political science department.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1994-1996
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: A Greeting from the President On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and to use this opportunity to welcome new and returning students. Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable...
Show more A Greeting from the President On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and to use this opportunity to welcome new and returning students. Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and its metropolitan location attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg. The College continues to grow, building on a tradition of excellence in its programs, f a d t y , students and facilities. It is a place where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and ideas. I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future. I look forward to meeting you on campus. Charles S. Anderson President - AUCSBURC LOLLECE FACTS AND FIGURES Location -Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The College moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Religious Affiliation - The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA). Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, 18 percent represent other Protestant denominations and 21 percent represent the Roman Catholic Church. Accreditation -North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by the American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, and National League for Nursing. Member -Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council. Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board, as described on page 11. Enrollment (1993-'94) - 2,964 students from 26 states and 26 nations. I Graduates - 11,839 undergraduates from 1870 through July 31,1993. StudentIFaculty Ratio - 13.84 to 1. Undergraduate class size averages 20-25. Campus - 16 major buildings. Major renovations in 1979-'80 with special emphasis on accessibility. Accessibility - Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway-tunnel-elevator system provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. I Financial Aid -Over 90 percent of the students receive some form of financial aid from the College and many other sources. I Library -Over 175,000 items, access to over 7,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium and Minitex, the regional library network. School Year - Semesters from September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College -trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program - trimesters, September to June. Majors -More than 40 majors in 22 departments. Off Campus Programs - Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),International Business Program, Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE)and extensive cooperative education and internship programs. Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), Division 111. I Policy - Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual preference, marital status or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. A ugsburg College in - is grounded traditions - the traditions of its founders, of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to the challenges of today's - and tomorrow's changing world. Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first college stude,ntswere enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879. Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouraging and respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education, understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect the future in positive ways. Early Leaders Establish a Direction The phrase, "Think globally, act locally" rings true at Augsburg. The College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Mission Statement Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for service," and to the Mission of the College: To developfuture leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the About Augsburg 7 Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The Focus Changed This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, Georg Sverdrup, Jr., became President. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission as serving the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963. A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsbwg added the Music Hall,Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place. Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980. He guides Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting three graduate degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsored forums and events, increased accessibility and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. - About Augsburg Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens; The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,800 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. CAMPUS LOCATION Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical centers - Riverside Medical Center - is adjacent to the campus, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Corners theater district just a few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus. (See map in back.) Convenient bus routes run throughout the city and connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. FACILITIES AND HOUSING Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/ skyway system connects the two tower dormitories, the fi;e buildings on the ~ u a d r i ~ lplus e , Music Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st Avenue South and provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. American Indian Support Program and Black Student Affairs Program Offices - Located at 620 21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to American Indian and Black students. Anderson Hall -Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is the newest building on campus. Located at 2016 S. Eighth Street, Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 men and women. (1993) Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field - The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air supported dome covers the field during the winter months, allowing year-around use. Christensen Center - Center of nonacademic activity, with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, About Augsburg 9 bookstore and offices for student govemment and student publications. (1967) program and two admissions representatives. College Relations House - Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for College Relations staff, who oversee public relations and publications for the College. Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974) Center for Global Education Located at 609 22nd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. It is also the office for the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad. Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department. It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961) East Hall -Houses the Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) and the Center for Atmospheric Space Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Establishes a new "front door" for the College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the College. The TjornhomNelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel and the Amold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for the Campus Ministry program, drama and communication offices. Augsburg's computer lab, the Karen Housh Tutor Center and the John Evans Learning Laboratory are located in the lower level of this facility. (1988) The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center Named in 1991to honor Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development officer and former alumni director, upon his retirement from Augsburg. Located at 2124 S. 7th Street, the center houses the offices of Alumni/Parent Relations, the Augsburg Fund, Community Relations, the Hispanic/Latino support Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973) Music Hall - Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978) Old Main -Home for the Modem Language and Art Departments, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900) Science Hall ,- Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a mediumsized auditorium and faculty offices. In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. (1949) South Hall and Annex Houses -All are located in or near the campus area and provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Iu - About Augsburg George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955) Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938) 2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special Programs, Cooperative Education and classroom space. (1964) Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have given several generous gifts to the College. The tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967) W ASSOCIATED SUPPORT ORGANIZATIONS Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and to programs which increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. In addition to the programs listed below, the College is also home to Elderhostel and College of the Third Age programs. Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction- Inter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) -The Minnesota Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a non-profit membership organization that works closely with students, the communities of color and representatives from education, business, government and nonprofits to develop programs that help students of color succeed academically. By drawing on the talents and resources of others concerned with the success of students of color, MMEP creates collaborative, workable approaches to complex problems. MMEP believes that concentrating on the needs of students of color helps them move from thinking to doing, from wanting to having, and from dreaming to achieving. The MMEP office is located in East Hall. Nordic Center - The Nordic Center promotes interest in contemporary Norden, encourages the pursuit of Nordic studies and nurtures intercultural relations between the United States and the five Nordic nations of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden. The Nordic Center is located at 2400 Butler Place. Augsburg Youth and Family Institute - The Institute is designed to help churches better serve the changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2011 South Seventh Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels, as well as seminar/ workshops, a resource center and counseling senices. W POLICIES It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, gender, sexual preference, marital status or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 About Augsburg Ir Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs will meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. For Freshmen - 14 Early Admission of Freshmen - 15 For Transfer Students - 15 For Former Students - 15 For Special Students - 15 International Student Services - 16 - ADMISSIONS A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community, the College community and the community at large. Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities and academic atmosphere is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Call the Admissions Office any weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 430 p.m. - (612) 330-1001 or toll-free (800) 788-5678. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for you (including Saturday momings during the school year). Our office is on the northwest comer of Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. (Please call first.) Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and potential for development as a student and as a graduate of Augsburg College. The College selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. . . 1 FRESHMEN Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for admission and the essay and return them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $20.00 application fee. Transcripts - An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. General Education Development scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Test Scores - Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the college entrance examination. The American College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results from SAT or PSAT are also accepted. It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information- If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semester's course work, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Admissions Confirmation of Admission - Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. *Non-refundableafter May 1. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. I TRANSFER STUDENTS Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional aedit for work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. Augsburg College limits transfer course work from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year college as a freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 17 Augsburg courses, or 96 quarter credits, will be accepted toward the number of Augsburg course credits required for the baccalaureate degree. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental section of this catalog to see if admission to the major is necessary. I FORMER STUDENTS Students who have intempted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for re-admission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. I SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DECREE) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time l3 - Admissions students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the Admissions Office. Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. International students from more than 50 countries have attended Augsburg since 1954. Students should contact the Admissions Officefor an International Student Application and information on the application procedure. Applications must be received two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for Fall, November 1for Spring. , For additional information, call (612) 330-1001, or 1-800-788-5678 (toll free), or write to: International Student Admissions Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis MN 55454 College Costs Tuition and Fees - 1 Room and Board - 1 Special Fees - 18 Deposits and Payments - 19 1 Financial Policies Refunds - 20 I Financial Aid How and When to Apply - 21 Kinds of Aid I 1 a I .I I I I Merit Scholarships - 22 Gift Assistance - 23 Loan Assistance - 23 Student Employment - 24 Sponsored Scholarships - 25 X OUR LDUCATION A 11students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College raises that difference in gifts -from alumni, faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations and endowment income. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. Room Rent (includes telephone and basic service) The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed below for the 1994-'95 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. TUITION, FEES, ROOM AND BOARD Tuition (full-time enrollment) ..................$485.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. .......... $2,234.00 (Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.) Full Board (19 meals a week) ......... $2,138.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Residence Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) Flex 5 point plan Fees ......... $2,076.00 .......... $1,890.00 ....................... $112.00 ..... $ 11,902.00 This rate applies to all full-time students attending in September, 1994. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per one-credit course ....... $1,270.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. OTHER SPECIAL FEES (NON-REFUNDABLE) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (full-time students only) ............... $12.00 Late Registration (per day after classes begin) ...........$25.00 Registration Change after first five days (cancelladd/ change/grade option, or combination at one time) .................. $5.00 Music Therapy Internship (one-half course credit) ...... $485.00 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) ........ $270.00 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) ........ $50.00 Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) ....... $100.00 Financial Information Is Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) .... $193.00 Student Activity Fee ............. $100.00 Student Activity Fee (part-time students) .......... $50.00 Fees Payable by Check/Cash Application (new and/or special students) ............. $20.00 $128.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests Nursing Comprehensive Exam .... $16.00 Nursing Name Pins ............... $5.00 Locker Rental (commuters) ........ $26.00 Student Parking Lot Permit - car ....................... $81.00 -motorcycle ................ $41.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ........ $2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registrar's Ofice) .. BOOKS AND SUPPLIES These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year. DEPOSITS Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) ........ $100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage Deposit ..... $100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall Semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. I PAYMENTS Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a Statement of Estimated Charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2) Semester payments, due August 15 and January 15 as billed; (3) Payment Plan upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) 10-month Payment Plan -upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installmentsbeginning June 15 and ending March 15. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. - Financial Information A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. REFUNDS Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Advising Center or Registrar's Office. They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to part-time, are dismissed or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% - through the first five days of classes (less $100 administrative fee) 90% - from the 6th through 10th day of classes 80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes 70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes 60% - from the 2lst through 25th day of classes 50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or an accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus onehalf of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued e ~ o h e n t . Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. REFUNDS FOR NEW STUDENTS FIRST TERM AT AUCSBURC Refunds will be calculated on a pro-rata basis (using federal government guidelines) for students attending Augsburg for the first time. The refund will be a portion of tuition, fees and expenses equal to the period of enrollment up to the 60 percent point in time of the period of enrollment. The federal statute guidelines and requirements for refunds are more stringent for Financial Information 21 first-term new students. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee. Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the 1993-'94 academic year, nearly 9 out of 10 students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg Financial Aid Application help determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations. HOW AND WHEN TO APPLY New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application, enter the Augsburg College Code 002334, and send the application to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for priority consideration. 3. Complete the Augsburg Financial Aid application and submit it to Student Financial Services. 4. After Augsburg receives the analysis and you are accepted for admission, the' Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid. 5. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will be sent to you. 6. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each postsecondary institution previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid transcript forms are available from the Admissions or Financial Aid offices. 7. All applicants (and parents of dependent students) are required to provide a copy of their most recent federal tax form. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re- :L Financial lntormation established each academic year by filing the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid and the Renewal Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Renewal is based on the family's financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academic progress and fund availability. KINDS OF AID A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children and other sources. Merit Scholarships President's Scholarships - President's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the difference between non- Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details are available from the Admissions Office. Transfer Scholarships - Transfer Scholarships up to $5,000 are available to full-time students in the day schedule who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following two years of full-time study at a community college or other approved twoyear college. Students must have maintained at least a 3.3 GPA on a 4.0 point scale. Scholarships are awarded without regard to need and will be renewed for a second year given satisfactory academic performance. Special application is due April 1.Details are available from the Admissions Office. Regents' Merit Scholarships -The Regents' Merit Scholarships are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen of high academic achievement. Depending on high school class rank or college entrance test score, Augsburg will award scholarships of $1,000 to $4,000 each, renewable each year, regardless of financial need. Performing Arts Scholarships -These recognize student excellence in music or theater. Students with talents in music (vocal and instrumental), acting, stage design or production are qualified for this $1,000 annual award. Selection is based on individual performance auditions, good academic standing and letters of recommendation. These scholarships are renewable as students maintain involvement with a co-curricular performance group. Hoversten Peace Scholarships Recognize students who have demonstrated a commitment to peace, service and community. Examples of involvement of recent scholarship recipients include Financial Information z! Amnesty International, Habitat for Humanity, community service and church activities. Lutheran Leader Scholarships These scholarships recognize incoming freshmen of high academic achievement with a demonstrated record of leadership within their congregations. Students eligible for the $1,000 annual renewable award are those who rank in the top 30 percent of their high school class and have the recommendation of their pastor. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $500 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1. Gift Assistance (Need Based) Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Mimesota residents who have financial need. For 1993-'94, these ranged from $100 to $5,889. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Federal Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1994'95 was $2,300. Application is made by filing the FAFSA. Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and State Indian Scholarships -Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships and Augsburg American Indian Scholarships are available to Indian students (both full- and part-time) who meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships, students must be of 1/4 degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarships vary; contact the American Indian Support Program office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questions may be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office. Loan Assistance Federal Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least halftime. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan cames a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate - Financial Information L4 study is $15,000 ($30,000 including graduate school). Federal Stafford Student Loans Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans are need-based loans which the federal govenunent subsidizes by paying accrued interest while in school and during the grace period. Therefore, the borrower is not responsible for interest accrued while in school or during the sixmonth grace period. Interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement for the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). The interest rate for new borrowers through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is variable and changes annually based on the 91-day Treasury Bill. For students with existing loans, the interest rate will match the interest rate on their existing loans (7%,8%, 9% or S%/lO%). The following borrowing limits apply to the Stafford Loan program after July 1, 1994: Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined Subsidized & Unsubsidized Stafford) Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized & Unsubsidized Stafford) Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Aggregate maximum: $46,000 Federal Nursing Student Loan -A federal program with provisions similar to the Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half-time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS) - PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent childreri. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus other aid). Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not toexceed 10 perceni and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications are normally filed with the bank or thrift institution with which your family has an account. The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) - SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services. Undergraduates may borrow up to $6,000 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $25,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments b e p the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven Financial Information 2s financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Parttime work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study positions. Federal College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with the College to provide some part-time work opportunities. Augsburg College, through generous gifts from alumni, faculty, staff and friends of the College, offers more than 175 sponsored scholarships. For more detailed information about sponsored scholarships, contact the Student Financial Services Office or your admissions counselor. Sponsored scholarships are available in the following categories: general scholarships, special scholarships, minority/ international student scholarships, and departmental scholarships. Social, Cultural, Recreational- 28 Fine Arts - 29 IntercollegiateAthletics - 29 Intramurals - 29 Student Affairs - 29 Academic Skills Enrichment - 29 Program for Students with Disabilities (CLASS) - 30 Support Programs - 30 American Indian - 30 Asian American - 31 Black Students - 31 Hispanic/Latino - 32 Career Services - 32 '1 ' I 1 Center for Counseling and Health Promotion - 32 Health Service - 33 Id First Year Experience - 33 , Student Activities - 33 International Programs - 33 I Food Service - 34 ( Residence Life Program - 35 (Housing) I I , '1 L Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints, Records - 36 2g 3TUDENT LIFE I bxperiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for leaming and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Christian heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Through student government students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decisionmaking process at Augsburg. Student govemment also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth groups, outreach teams and community outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts and gatherings are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gfts and sense of call and vocation that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our The College Pastor and Campus Ministry staff have offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and are available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support or information. Student govemment is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing, editing or service opportunities.If you want to get involved, contact the president or vice president of the Student Body in their offices in the lower level of the Christensen Center. Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities take place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, films, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalities in various fields. The Christensen Center is the focus of Student Life leisure-time activity on campus. The Gameroom and Student Lounge, popular hang-outs, are located in the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests meet here. Student offices in this area include the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo; the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student Government and the Augsburg Student Activities Council. KCMR, a studentoperated non-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Urness Tower. Students have many opportunitiesto participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and intemational tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Deparbnent and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus v,&shops with visiting arts professionals. I INTRAMURALS Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students; and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention and environmental management. The following information provides a brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division. I ACADEMIC SKILLS ENRICHMENT INTERCOLLEGIATEATHLETICS Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota IntercollegiateAthletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division LII. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and field, softball and tennis. The Academic Enrichment Program is designed to offer students study skills assistance so that they may achieve their best from their studying. The program includes four components: the Learning Center, the Tutor Center, the Learning Laboratory and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). The Learning Center, located in Memorial Hall, Room 119 and Foss Center, Room 18, assists students in improving their skills in such areas as time management, 30 Student Life - notetaking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic testing is also available to assess skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies and learning styles. The staff will assist students in developing effective and efficient study skills. The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center, located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomorelevel courses. The Center also notifies students of tutoring labs available, as well as supplementary instruction sessions, in which tutors attend the classes and lead discussions after class on major concepts of the courses. The JohnEvans Learning Laboratory, located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers students the opportunity to improve skills in reading, writing and mathematics through the use of computer software. Tutors are available to demonstrate the uses of the software, and students are able to monitor their progress. W PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES (CLASS) The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) serves over 150 students and is recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students with diagnosed learning and physical disabilities. The CLASS program is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a high quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences and preparation. Augsburg has a commitment to recruit, retain and graduate students with learning and physical disabilities who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning. The staff includes three licensed learning disabilities specialists, a physical disabilities specialist, and an accommodationspecialist, who supervises work-study students and coordinates accommodation services for students. One-on-one meetings between students and specialists are the centerpiece of the program model. Accommodations include individualized academic support, advocacy with faculty and staff, special testing arrangements, taped textbooks, peer tutors, securing notetakers, access to and training on computers, and adaptive technology, such as a Braille printer, dictation and voice recognition software, and adaptive keyboard equipment. Modified and accessible dormitory rooms are available. During the 1980s Augsburg spent nearly one million dollars to make the campus accessible to persons with physical disabilities by constructing a skyway-tunnelelevator system that connects 10 major buildings. Augsburg has the oldest and most extensive learning disabilities program among the private colleges in Minnesota. For more information, please contact the CLASS office at 612/330-1053 to request a copy of the CLASS brochure and/or schedule an ~nformationalappointment with a specialist. W AMERICAN INDIAN SUPPORT PROGRAM The American Indian Support Program, located at 621 21st Avenue South, is a multifaceted office established in 1978 to recruit and retain American Indian students. It is a national model of success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian students in the state of Minnesota. Student Life Components of the program are as follows: American lndian Support Services: Assistance in admissions procedures, financial aid procedures including BIA, Tribal and Minnesota Indian State Scholarship applications, orientation and registration, course work selection, individual education plans, academic advising, career counseling, employment, community and professional referrals, internships, student housing and crisis intervention. It advises and supports the Intertribal Student Union (ITSU). Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves as a peer support group for incoming and currently enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and cosponsors cultural events. Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership:MNITTP is a cooperative effort between Augsburg College and the Minneapolis Public School District, intended to increase the number of American Indian teachers in the Minneapolis public schools. Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness program. Students who are awarded state teaching licensure may then apply for loan forgiveness for each year the student teaches, one fifth of the loan will be forgiven. American lndian Studies Minor: An academic component encompassingthe range of American Indian contributions to North American culture. Courses offered include art, religion, history, literature, Ojibwe language and women's issues. For more information, contact Dr. Virginia Allery, 612/330-1385, or see course listings under Interdisciplinary Studies in the academic section of the catalog. Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000 books, a variety of journals and scholarly publications, research materials, American Indian magazines and newspapers and over 125VHS videos are housed in the Sverdrup Library and at the American Indian Support Program Office. The library project offers both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of various tribal nations in the United States. H ASIAN AMERICAN SUPPORT PROGRAM The Asian American Support Program was created in 1992 to recruit and retain Asian American students and to enhance the quihty of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunitieswhere Asian American students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life. The Program provides assistance in the admissions and financial aid application procedures, orientation, registration and course work selection, career development, academic and non-academic difficulties, and employment and placement referrals. The Asian American Association is affiliated with the Support Program. The Association carries out various activities during the acadeinic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asian American and other students at Augsburg. BLACK STUDENT SUPPORT PROGRAM The Black Student Affairs Office (BSA) is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent, and to promote cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. BSA sponsors 31 - 32 Student Life events and activities, such as celebrating Martin Luther King's birthday, Afrikana History Month, the Each One Reach One mentoring program and Augsburg Black Alumni Council gatherings. The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU) provides support to students, including a schedule of social and cultural activities. The headquarters is in the BSA Office, as is the Pan-Afrikan Center. HISPANIC/LATINO SUPPORT PROGRAM The Hispanic/Latino Support Program offers students individualized attention in many areas, including academic support, counseling and advocacy. Students find assistance in: admissions and financial aid procedures, orientation and registration, academic planning, career counseling, housing, internships and employment and placement referrals. The program advises the Latino Student Association and supports academic, social, cultural events, and other activities that improve the academic and personal development of Hispanic/Latino students and provides awareness of the unique aspects of the Hispanic culture. CAREER SERVICES The Career Services Department is committed to assisting all students with their career planning. This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career Services offers students the opportunity to actively participate in career seminars, career assessments, oneon-one counseling, self-paced computer career planning modules, and use of the Alumni Resource Network for informational interviews. S e ~ c eare s available to all students, but some programs are sponsored especially for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to attend one of three annual job fairs with recruiters representing business, education or nonprofit and government sectors. There is also an annual graduate and professional school fair for seniors to explore educational options after graduation. CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND HEALTH PROMOTION Counseling Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunitiesto gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction. Services include individual counseling, group counseling, psychological testing, assessment and referral, workshops, and consultation and outreach. Through the relationship with a skilled counselor, a student may discuss personal issues such as stress, depression, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use, family problems, motivation, transitions, breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc. Counseling is an educational process in which students learn to think objectively about themselves and learn methods of understanding themselves and others. Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth. Student Life 3: Health Promotion Health Promotion offers a wide spectrum of activities and events that increase awareness of health issues and assist students in adapting new behaviors for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion also works with various campus agencies to foster positive change within the campus environment. Professional staff offer private consultations, individual assessments and group workshops to accommodate the needs of all students. Topics include varied health issues such as fitness, nutrition, weight management, stress reduction, alcohol and other drug use, sexuality, etc. Students interested in health issues can combine learning and practice through involvement with Health Promotion services. Academic and practicurn opportunities are also available to students from a variety of academic disciplines. HEALTH SERVICE Riverside University Family Practice Clinic serves as the Augsburg College Health Service and is a family practice residency clinic affiliated with the University of Minnesota. The clinic is located one block from campus at 2615 Franklin Avenue South. Office visits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students. Students must check family health insurance coverage to determine if they are included. If not, contact the Vice President for Student Affairs Office for information regarding student health insurance. FIRST YEAR EXPERIENCE PROGRAM (FYE) The FYE program assists students in their first Augsburg registration, provides orientation events before classes begin, and also includes a seminar series. FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to college for our students - an enriching beginning for a college career. To provide focus for this introduction, the ME seminar is centered on a series of themes. These themes are reflected in and expanded upon in readings, discussions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the program. STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involve ment in developing events, activities and organizations which serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming effortsand targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS The International Student Services Office focuses on the needs of international students. It also serves as a resource for those interested in international events and global issues. International Students -International students receive assistance in meeting their educational objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa problems, financial matters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing, daycare) and personal concern. New international students participate in an orientation program before the beginning of the term which provides 14 Student Life practical information on housing, banking, using local transportatiod and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg. Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspectives on world peace in Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportmities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Students interested in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives. Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing and travel arrangements. Orientation and re-entry programs are offered to assist students in integrating the experience abroad into their course work and personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15 for off-campus study the following year. All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off-campus. The cost for many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/ general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and the Study Abroad Adviser before departure. Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to utilize the cross-culturalperspectives of its intemational students and students with experience overseas to educate the college community on world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club and the International House, forums on world issues sponsored by the Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of cross-cultural communication for faculty and staff. FOOD SERVICE The Commons -Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. %s pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Murphy's - Located on the ground floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's features grill items, pizza, soups and salads, desserts and beverages. - Augsburg provides a variety of board Student Life plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. RESIDENCE LIFE PROGRAM Augsburg recognizes the importance of the residence experience during the college years. Research indicates that students who live on campus will be more likely to complete their college degree successfully. Augsburg provides a diverse and dynamic residence program which fosters the development of community, and supports and enhances the academic experience. Live-in staff assist students by providing social and educational programming, facilitating conflict resolutions and assisting in emergencies. Each complex contains 24hour study rooms, computer services, laundry and vending services and access to security staff. Augsburg expects all freshmen and sophomores, not living at home, to live in college-operated housing. Housing for married students and students with families is available. Students rent a room at the beginning of the Fall term for the entire academic school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upper-class students make housing arrangementsin the Spring. All resident students must sign room and board contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus must pay a $100 deposit when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the student's account when he or she moves out. The College houses approximately 700 students in residence hall rooms, apartments, floor houses, and townhouses. A wide variety of options are available, including single rooms. Urness Tower -All new students and some upper-class students live in Urness Tower. This 11-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk and chair. Linens are not provided. Mortensen Tower -This building is a 13-story high-rise apartment building. It contains 104 onebedroom and twobedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upper-class students. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. Anderson Hall - Opened in Fall 1993, this is the newest residence hall. It contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor houses and townhouses. This residence houses 192 men and women. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers and desks. It is equipped with telephones, cable TV and computer hook-ups. Special Interest Housing -Students may submit proposals in the Spring for a program which allows them to live as a group with a special educational contract. Examples of programs include Campus Ministry, healthy living options and international floors. 3! - l6 Student Life STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS, RECORDS The C O 1 l e ~ a statement of standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act. Students have the right to inspect certain official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Officeof the and the Placement Office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs Office. General Information - 3, Degrees Offered - 38 Academic Calendar - sa , Computer Resources - 39 Academic Advising Center - 39 I Academic Organ'mtion and Programs Divisions and Departments - 40 Majors and Minors - 40 Teaching Licensure - 42 Pre-Professional Programs - 42 Honors Program - 43 Inter-Institutional Programs - 44 Study Abroad - 45 Experiential Education - 48 Weekend College -50 Graduate Programs - . Other Programs - 51 Academic Policies and Procedures - 5 Registration- 51 Withdrawal from College - 52 Leave of Absence - 52 General Education Curriculum - 53 Quick Check Summary of Graduation Requirements - 53 Graduation Requirements - 55 Students Entering 1993 and After Students Who Entered Prior to 1993 Students Entering Under Distributio Curriculum Requirements - 64 Skills Component - 57 Liberal Arts Perspectives - 58 Rationale for Perspectives - 63 Evaluation and Grading - 66 Assessment of Previous Learning Program - 68 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal - 70 Four Year Assurance Program - 71 - ACADEMIC INFORMATION A ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students must be educated as fully human persons -intellectually, spiritually and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the of the world from which they have come as well as the world in which live. providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over 40 major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. DECREES OFFERED Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science undergraduate degrees. Augsburg also offers the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work graduate degrees. ACADEMIC CALENDAR Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Full-time students normally take four course credits each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three course credits can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. fiecalendar is coordinated with of the four other colleges of the Associated CoU,ges of the Twin Cities, so students can t&e courses on another during the regular term. (SeeRegistration on page 51 and Calendars on page 269 and 270.) January Interim is~&cularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunitieswithin the United States and abroad. Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog is published in the winter of each year, is distributed to all students, and is available by contading the Summer School Office. Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs, pages 50 and 51). FACULTY The heart of any educational institution is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. ~ o sfaculty t hold the dodorate or other terminal degree and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in social, professional and a variety of research activities, but see these activities as supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. Every freshman is assigned a First Year Experience (FYE) adviser and, later, chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. tapes and films, and supplies media equipment free of charge for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. I COMPUTER RESOURCES I LIBRARY AND AUDIO-VISUAL SERVICES A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place to study and do research. The main library houses over 175,000 books, journals, records and microforms. Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within departmental areas. A se~ce-orientedstaff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, reference service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitations and special needs. Students have access via a computerized online catalog and daily courier service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities and the James J. Hill Reference Library. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses a large collection of sound recordings, video The recent completion of a new computer classroom and lab in the Foss Center was an important addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters -located in the residence halls, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are connected via a campus-wide network that offers a full range of network services. Students also have 24-hour access seven days a week to more than 30 computers in the Mortensen/Umess study lounge. Augsburg College, a member of the National Science Foundation's Internet since 1990, is connected to hundreds of universities and other institutions in the U.S. and around the world. Internet access and a renewed focus on educational technology is allowing Augsburg to integrate these electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process. I ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER The Academic Advising Center advises transfer students and students with undeclared majors, provides information on - Academic lntormation matters of general education, administers and tracks all entry level skills assessments, interprets catalog and graduation skills requirements, and advises both students who have been placed on academic probation and re-entering suspended students regarding GPA requirements. The Center also coordinates summer advising for the orientation program and provides in-service training and development for f a d t y advisers. DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS The College curriculum is offered by 22 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chair).Art, English, Modern Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication, Theatre Arts, College Librarians. Natural Science and Mathematics Mark Engebretson (Chair).Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Computer Science, Physics. Social and Behavioral Sciences Richard Nelson (Chair).Business Administration, Accounting, Economics, History, Management Information Systems (MIS), Political Science, Psychology, Sociology. Professional Studies -Vincent Peters (Chair).Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work. MAJORSAND MINORS Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the Bachelor of Arts degree. Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major. Accounting General Accounting Managerial Accounting Public Accounting Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Business Administration/Economics Business Administration/Finance Business Administration/Intemational Business Business Administration/Management Business Administration/Marketing Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.) Communication General CommunicationStudies Mass Communications Organizational Communication Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.) East and Southeast Asian Studies' Economics Applied Economics Economics Economics/Business Administration Education Kindergarten-Elementary Secondary (non-major, licensure only) Engineering2 Academic lntormatlon - English Health Education History International Relations Management Information Systems Mathematics Applied Mathematics Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modem Languages' French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music (B.A.) Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nordic Area Studies Nursing (B.S. -Weekend College only) Philosophy Physical Education Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Space Physics (B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Russian, Central and East European Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Women's Studies Accounting American Indian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Health Education History International Business International Relations Linguistics Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modern Languages ' French German Norwegian Spanish Music Nordic Area Studies Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Social Welfare Sociology Russian, Central and East European Area Studies' Special Education Speech Theatre Arts Theatre Arts Theatre History and Criticism Women's Studies It is possible for students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). - Academic lntormation 'L Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning1 intermediate/advanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese,Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC ofice. *Dualdegree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School o f Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University. W OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major($ Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advising early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses; BIO 113,114; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Academic Information Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of American Law Schools. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students should major in a discipline of their own choosing and will satisfy most law school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departments have majors which can fulfill the academic requirements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),MAT 145,146;and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO 113,114,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups (BIO 367,386,471), (BIO 355,474), (BIO 351, 353,473), (BIO 361,440), (BIO476,481) with BIO 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota ( M i m e apolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with their faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician's Assistant and Pre-Physical Therapy - Course work in preparation for these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the Biology Department. Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,114; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112 or 113; ENG 111and a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121,122; electives from hurnanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philose phy, English, psychology, sociology or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (WesternCivilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 145; public speaking, one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106),351,352,353; BIO 113,114; PHY 121, 122; economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division modem languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the curriculum requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Honors Program The Honors Program is designed to challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg. The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities. Members of the program normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfers - 4: 14 Academic Information and others. Students graduate from the Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on the transcript and which provides a n advantage for both employment and graduate school application. During the freshman and sophomore years, students take a four course honors sequence that satisfies four Perspectives. They also participate in a Monday Forum program that affords an opportunity to hear outside speakers, assess films, and pursue course sequence topics in greater depth. The First-Year Experience (FYE) is also integrated into the freshman sequence. During the junior and senior years, students take four mini-seminars (one full course credit upon completion),one each semester and participate in a six week Monday Forum program each term. Seniors take a Senior Seminar during Interim, which satisfies a Perspective requirement, and are obliged to complete an approved Honors project. Some seniors satisfy this requirement by serving on the Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal which publishes outstanding student papers. Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two years. Please direct enquiries to Dr. Joan Griffin, Director of Freshman and Sophomore Honors, or Dr. Larry Crockett, Director of Junior and Senior Honors. INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for additional details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in cooperation with 17 other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers offcampus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change, inequality and the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Academic Information 4! Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses. Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for two and three year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar. Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as non-degree credits. Naval ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more mformation, contact the Office of the Registrar. Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as non-degree credits. OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad, students may find themselves exploring the ancient Mayan ruins in Mexico, meeting with women's groups in Namibia, examining Scandinavianperspectives on world peace or hilling to the sounds of music at a Viennese opera house. International Study at Augsburg College is intended to motivate students to act responsibly and effectively in society by expanding their awareness of other cultures, deepening their understanding of the human condition on a global scale, and helping them to understand the connections between social justice and global interdependence. Eligibility and Application All students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to students studying abroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15 for study off-campus for the next academic year. Costs and Financial Aid The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Cost estifnates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. Academic Requirements and Credit Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic - Academic 16 Information program. Students majoring in a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the humanities, are among those who study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. A sample of study programs is highlighted below. For information on these or other programs overseas, contact the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad. Also see the International Studies section of the Department and Programs section of this catalog for full course descriptions of the programs listed below. The Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. The Center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Namibia, Norway and Switzerland. Students experience three distinct types of living situations, which include living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars -in Mexico to Central America, in Namibia to South Africa, and in Switzerland to Italy and Germany. The cost of these programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus plus airfare. Augsburg College/OstFold, Norway Semester or Academic Year Augsburg, in cooperation with the University of North Dakota and the city of Moss, offers this semester or year-long exchange program in Moss, Norway. Students are taught in English. Courses offered may meet perspectives for general education requirements, or count as electives in communication, international business and Nordic Area Studies. Students live with host families on the island of Jeby. Application deadline: April 15. Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives - Fall This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. The course offers credit in areas such as religion, political science and Spanish. Application deadline: April 1. Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America - Fall This program introduces students to the central issues currently facing Latin America by focusing on new models of political organizing, popular education and human services. Credit may be earned in social work, sociology, education, political science and Spanish. Application deadline: Apnl 1. Southern Africa Societies in Transition - Fall This intensive progrim of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition Academic Information 43 from colonialism to independence. Students will explore the complex political, social and economic dynamics of building a new nation. Credit may be earned in history, political science and religion. Internships are available with development agencies. Application deadline: April 15. Contemporary Issues in Mexico and Central America - Spring This program examines the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Students explore the importance of community and the role of U.S. citizens in social and political change. Credit may be earned in areas such as history, religion and Spanish. Application deadline: October 15. International Development and Human Rights in Latin America - Spring This program focuses on the themes of international development and human . rights. It includes coursework in human rights, international development, Hispanic literature and Spanish composition and conversation. Credit may be earned in Spanish, Latin American studies, international relations, political science, economics, peace studies, anthropology and pre-law studies. Internships in human rights organizations are available. Application deadline: October 15. Women and Development: A Southern Africa Perspective - Spring This intensive study and travel program is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The program introduces students to the struggle of women in Southern Africa, to the history of their role in society, and to the situation that exists for women in Africa. Students may earn credit in political science, religion and sociology. Internships are available with agencies providing special services to women. Application deadline: October 15 Global Issues and World Churches Summer This intensive program of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the workings of international nongovernmental organizations, especially ecumenical church agencies. The program will focus on justice issues (international responses to the challenges of humans rights, refugees and relief, and social and economic development); peace issues (international responses to conflict);and the integrity of creation (international responses to environmental and ecological travel). The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in three different full semester programs in Norway, Ecuador or Colombia. AU programs emphasize the impact of the social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships and field trips. For more information on international HECUA programs, see the listings under International Studies, and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway - Fall This interdisciplinary program focuses on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture and language, and the development '8 Academic Information of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Local, regional, and international field study and site visits in Copenhagen, Stockholm, Helsinki, and the former Soviet Union, will provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application deadline: March 15. Community Internships in Latin America: Ecuador - Fall or Spring This interdisciplinaryprogram enables the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the community development process and increasing language skills. Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community agencies or groups working with or for low-income and other disenfranchised populations in Latin America. Application deadlines: November 1for Spring Term and March 15 for Fall Term. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Colombia or Ecuador - Spring This interdisciplinary program focuses on development and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application deadline: November 1. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University or the University of Minnesota, Morris. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the International Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department. Interim Abroad Each January, 25 to 30 courses are offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE).Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall terms for the following January. Application deadline: October 25. EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION PROCRAMS Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service, Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal arts education by embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community Service programs link employers, community organizations and the academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making more informed academic, career and personal decisions. The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiences in small and midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations. Academic Information 4 Academic Internships An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internships consists of the following steps: 1.Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signatures of the faculty supervisor and Director of Internships and Cooperative Education. 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be turned in at the time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement secured, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education Office, with copies made for the faculty, supervisor and student. Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester (or Weekend College trimester), Interim or summer session. For extension of an Internship beyond one term see Evaluation and Grading on page 66. A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the total courses required for the degree. Cooperative Education Cooperative Education is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice in work or servicebased settings. Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining important on-the-job experience. Job placements typically are part-time during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible and can begin and end anytme. Co-op Ed is not credited in and of itself, but a non-credit Cooperative Education transcript entry is available during the academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing. Service-Learning Augsburg's Service-Learningprogram combines respoke to human needs in the community with a conscious awareness and understanding of issues, reflection and educational growth. Augsburg students learn from and about the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation sessions, direct servicelearning activities and seminars or class discussions. - Academic Intormation Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring, building housing for low income people or working with environmental groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s) and the community. Service Learning includes course-imbedded community service, tutoring, internships, cooperative education and a wide range of volunteer options. The Service-LearningProgram works with community organizations and organizes specific projects to enhance student involvement and also assists with and supports the integration of servicelearning into departmental courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg LINK program and campus ministry. WEEKEND COLLEGE Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Accounting, Business Administration (specializationsin finance, international business, management and marketing), Communication (concentrations in general communication, organizational communication and mass communication), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work. 1 GRADUATE PROGRAMS Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work. Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts. This cross-disciplinaryprogram directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understandinn ., of their world. The Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program values the role that good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishing the role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and works toward progress. The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offers two concentrations: Family Practice and Program Development, Policy and Academic Information Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator. The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that respond to human need. Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and is host to both Elderhostel and College of the Third Age programs. For more information, contact the Academic Dean's office. Both concentrations are founded on the assumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutions must be based on solid research, and that the world is interdependent in all areas, including human needs and the services to address them. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. OTHER PROGRAMS Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers selected courses through Continuing Education. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs. Canadian Program The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985with endowment from the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges. Elderhostel and College of the Third Age REGISTRATION A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Full-time students normally register for four course credits per semester and one course during Interim. Students registered for three or more course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course credits, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following academic year. As some courses are offered only in alternate years, students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning their academic program. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer -5' - Academic Information iz School Office, Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar -Science Hall 114, for Fall and Spring Terms Interim Office -Memorial Hall 230 Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place Weekend College Office -2222 because this may result in a failing grade on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be completed in the Office of the Registrar. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from College form may be obtained in the Advising Center or in the Office of the Registrar. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from College and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Murphy Place Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the Fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the Fall for the Spring term and during the Spring for the Fall term. Class Confirmation All students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment arrangements prior to the start of classes. Students who do not confirm their registration before the first day of classes (unless special arrangements have been made) will lose all classes. They may register and confirm during the first five days, but special late fees are assessed and added to their account. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from College form must be picked up in the Advising Center or the Office of the Registrar. It must be signed by Advising Center staff or authorized representative. The completed form must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar. A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension is needed, an updated Leave of Absence form must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence period or an application for readmission will be required. A student on leave of absence is responsible for keeping the Office of the Registrar informed of his or her mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by the returning student. A leave of absence does not defer payment of loans or extend incomplete course deadlines. :(sluaua~!nba~ OZ"""' ('yy.0) a3wuuojrad >!snyy ' - ' - ' ' ' ('yy.0) uo!+e:,npg 3!snn asaqloj Aldde Aeu j!pam ~ a p u w l )uop '1 PI-............ ( y g ) Oqquno3~y -enpe~601 ~ o p d qua~aJ!nbal6 u ! ~ o l l o ~ :suogda3xa % u y i o ~ ~ o j aql alaldwo3 lsnu 'Â£661 '1 henuel aq+ q q ! ~' ~ u a q e d a pauo liue laye (q!pa~>a l o u JO p~ q l ! 6u!~alua) ~ â¬1 ut!q+aroux ON u! aq lieu1 sasmo:, quapnls JapueJl Jo!uas pue ~o!un!IIV sasmo:, uqraluI aq Jsnu OML 8quosear aageq!quenb q asmo:, aug 8 q e a d s u! asmo:, auo - m u ) uo!s!a!a . ( ~ ~ [ Eaq+ LXI u!q+!~auo) ~ U I + U Mu! sasrno3 OML (.sa~g:,adsradro ro[eux aqj u! sasmo3 q + !+am ~ aq dew s+uauxar!nbar a s a q ~.J ) ro 0.z 30 ape18 urnur!qw e VIMS I I ~ uSo ! ~ n p e ~~U!MOIIOJ 3 aqq n g ~ ~y e sqa s~~ n aqa1duo3 o~ uayeq s! axanbas $1101-read e ssaIun squaqedap juarajpp woq OML 'sanypadsrad p p o 1erweN ~ a8eduel anlqeu mod ueqq raqqo q 'sanypadslad aSe&uel OMJ, . . . (anoqe ro 0 0 paraq ~ raddn aq qsnux 11 :asaqq jo .s+!par3 asmo:, EE aqaIduIo3 (-qdmaxaare squaprqs rajsuerq arouxoqdo~).ieu!uraS put! uoqequauo n q m a q a~a1dwo3 :(quauaJ!nbaJ asaqloa Aldde Aeu ypaJ3 ~ajsueq)uopenpe~601 J O ! J ~ q u a u a ~ ! n b a6~u ! ~ o l l oaql ~ alalduo3 lsnu ' ~ 6 '1 6 ~ henuef JaUe 6u!~alua sluapnls Japueq a~ouoqdosput? uetuysay Ile pue uauqsay Mau llv .a8e~ane ~ q o aped d ~~LII+II qeqqen .ro[eu~e 30 uo!qalduxo3 aged uo paqtrxap are sumuqxauI raqw . -uo!qenpefi lo3 pux are s+uauIar!nbar ne qeq arnsua o+srasrape r!aq+ q q ! ~lil+uanbayqnsuo:, oq pue s~uauxa~!nbal uogenper8 IInj aqq d ~ ~ y a peal oq pasrnpe ale spaprqs .SS a8ed uo q8aq q:,!q~ squamar!nbar aadap a~a~dmo:, y Jouue:, pue an!s aqq 103 d l ~ aqwqsqns -uaqarduxo~IOU q +! lXleuxuxns a s y -uo!~ -enper%roj squawar!nbar urnln:,!un3 uo!q -e:,npg praua3 aqq 30 uoysraa paqeparqqe ut! q +syppaq:, a:,uarajar p n b y u i4 Academic Information Satisfy entry level skill requirements in writing. Demonstrate proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports. Achieve a Math Placement Group score of III. Complete 33 course credits. Of these: Complete courses that fulfill the following Perspective Requirements: Two Christian Faith perspectives (One Christian Faith perspective for transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits) One City perspective 11 must be Upper Division (numbered 300 or above) Two must be Interim courses One Western Heritage perspective No more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: Accounting (B.A. ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Music Education (B.M) . . . . . . . . . .17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20 Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 One Social World perspective Other maximums are described on page 57. Completion of a major. Maintain minimum grade point average. One Human Identity perspective One Aesthetic perspective One Intercultural perspective Two Language perspectives, in other than your native language One Natural World perspective Complete courses that fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) One course with a writing component within the major One course with a critical thinking component One course in speaking One course in quantitative reasoning GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advising and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors, page 71. Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a major, the First Year Experience (FYE), a minimum GPA, residence, and general education courses. Because the College is in transition during the change from Distribution to Perspective graduation requirements, the minimum number of credits required may vary depending on date of matriculation, as follows: Students Entering After January1, 1993, Under Perspectives Curriculum Requirements For Graduation: 1. Completion of 33 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 course credits may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: Accounting (B.A.) - 14; Music Education (B.M.) - 17; Music Performance (B.M.) -20; Music Therapy (B.S.) - 17; and Social Work (B.S.) - 15. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 33 total course credits required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no PIN grading is permitted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the credit total for graduation requirements (extra interim courses) may still be counted for meeting perspective or graduation skills requirements. 2. Completion of a Major - Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) - All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program - Academic Information section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically in all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Students Entering Prior to January1, 1993, Under Perspectives Curriculum Requirements For Graduation: 1. Completion of 34 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 14 (Accounting)for the Bachelor of Arts degree, 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (Social Work), and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each trans- fer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 34 total course credits required: three Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no P/N grading is permitted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the credit total for graduation requirements (extra interim courses) may still fulfill perspective or graduation skills requirements. 2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically in all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for detalls. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC Academic Information exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Note: Students completing under Distribution Curriculum Requirements, go to page 64. A definition of students who fall under the Distribution Curriculum or prior catalog requirements is on page 64. SKILLS COMPONENT Entry Level Skills Requirements The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: Reading Word processing Writing Mathematics Critical thinking Placement in writing courses, math courses and critical thinking courses is determined by the assessments. (See page 68.) Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and Sophomore Transfer Students: Take entry level skills assessments and satisfy requirements. If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students are required to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take ENG 101Developmental Writing before ENG 111Effective Writing. Fresh- men should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their Sophomore year. Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory. Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Freshman and Sophomore transfer students will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements. Juniorand Senior Transfer Students Transfer students who enter as juniors and seniors in 1993-'94 or after are exempt from word processing, reading, critical thinking and quantitative assessments. Those who have not taken the ENG 111Effective Writing course must take the entry level test in writing. If they do not achieve exemption from the writing requirement, they must take ENG 111 Effective Writing at Augsburg. Junior and Senior transfers (who enter 1994'95 or after) are required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only the writing component course within the major is required. Math Requirement In order to graduate, students must take the Math Placement exam and achieve a score placing them in Group I11 (college algebra skills). Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course will have their placement level determined by the Registrar's Office. Students who have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam should consult the 57 - Academic Information Mathematics Department. Math placement is indicated on the Evaluation of Transfer Credit form for students who have transfer courses in college-level math. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group determined. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Students needing to advance their Math Placement Group may take the appropriate MAT course or study on their own and retest. Additional information about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Director of Testing in the Academic Dean's Office. Please note that all students majoring in Accounting, Business, Economics, Elementary Education, and Management Information Systems and all students under the current General Education Perspective Curriculum Requirements must attain a t least Math Placement Group 111. In addition, many courses have Math Placement Group requirements. In particular, MIS 379,479; CSC 170,210; SOC 362; PHY 103; all MAT courses; and all courses with a Graduation Skill Component in Quantitative Reasoning have at least Math Placement Group I11 as a prerequisite. In addition, MIS 175 and introductory Physics courses have at least Math Placement Group I1 as a prerequisite. Students should refer to the course descriptions to check the Math Placement Group prerequisites for courses that they are interested in taking. Graduation Level Skills General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Completion of the requisite courses with a miriimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components (at least one within the major) and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives. Lifetime Sports Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35,34, or 33 course credit requirement. W LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be a human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each Perspective. Although courses approved for each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every course meets all the goals of each Perspective. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled by the following policies: 1. A student will choose a minimum of one course from each required perspective category. 2. No single course cim fulfill the requirements in two or more categories. 3. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from Academic Information the same department in meeting perspective requirements. 4. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective emphasis area except: Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith." Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World." Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness." THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE REQUIREMENTS Christian Faith (CF 1, 2 and 3) Emphasizes the college's affiliation with the Lutheran Church. Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers Christian theology and area 3 includes the study of values or religions outside the Christian faith. Three course credits are required to meet this Perspective except for the following: Transfer students entering with 14-23 course credits will be required to take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. The City (C) This Perspective emphasizes the College's location in the heart of a metro- politan area, and its mission of education for service. One course credit or experience is required to meet this Perspective. Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2) Reflection on western themes from politics, art, literature and other disciplines that have shaped our own society. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. Human Identity (HI) An opportunity for self discovery and the study of what it means to be a person. One course credit is required to meet this Perspective. Aesthetics (A) Emphasizes creativity, beauty and selfexpression, and how these enhance the human experience. One course credit is required to meet this Perspective. Social World (SW 1 and 2) The study of social, economic or political systems and how individuals exist within society. One course must focus on current theories.and methods of a social science. Two course credits from different deparbnents are required to meet this Perspective. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. InterculturalAwareness (IA 1) The study of a specific, non-Western culture and how that culture has shaped the world. One course credit is required to meet this part of the Intercultural Awareness Perspective. 59 60 Academic Information (IA 2 and 3) Study of a modem language other than the native tongue. Up to two course credits of a beginning language or one at your placement level is required. Students with previous language study should contact an admissions counselor or the Registrar's Office for placement information. Students whose native language is not English should contact their admissions counselor or the Registrar's Office. Natural World (NW 1 and 2) The study of the self in relation to the physical world. One course must cover the scientific method through laboratory experience. The other reflects history of science, the difference between science and technology and the importance of symbols. Biology, chemistry, physics and other natural sciences may satisfy this requirement. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective unless a two-year sequence is taken. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVES: EXPLANATION Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. The Bible (for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation). 2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious beliefs. 3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside the Christian faith. 4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community. This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and education experiences or by designated or college approved non-credit experiences (such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by seminars related to the experience. Academic Information Perspective: Western Heritage Perspective: Aesthetics This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes (found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization. Attention should be paid to the contributions of and to critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. Aesthetic creations convey fundamental insights and values, express beauty and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been significant for Western society and the relation of these to present world views. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. Forms of artistic expression. 2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms. 3. Different theories of aesthetics. 2. Specific historical themes, trends, events and persons and their roles in shaping both the past and the present. 4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art. 3. Historical and literary methods of ascertawg and conveying the past. Perspective: The Social World This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons, men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences and behaviors. This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identify, examine and critique social, economic or political systems: to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems and to use this knowledge as a participant in society. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1.Methods and approaches that attempt to explain how individual persons think, feel and act. 1.The characteristics and dynamics of human organization at the group and societal level. 2. Scientific or humanistic interpretations of their own development as persons. 2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or economic systems. Perspective: Human Identity 3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and professional lives. 4. Factors involved in physical and mental health. 3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political structures. 4. The relationship between various social, political or economic systems and 61 'L Academic Information the student's own responsibilities in society. 5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across cultures and affect diverse groups in society. Perspective: Intercultural Awareness This Perspective is intended to comple ment the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream North American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of the Perspective, students are required to have demonstrated proficiency in a modern language or American Sign Language for hearing students. The modem language requirement will be determined by assessing previous experience and subsequent placement: Modem Language Course Placement Experience or Requirement College level - none (0-2 semesters in High School) 111,112 College level - 111 (3-4 semesters in High School) 112 College level - 112 (4-6 semesters in High School) 211 College level -211 (7 semesters in High School) 212 College level -212 (8 or more semesters in High School) No course required Students who are required to complete two semesters of modern language must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language. Hearing students who have demonstration compe tence in American Sign Language by passing an approved course sequence will have fulfilled IA-2 and IA-3 Perspectives. Perspective: The Natural World This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. Selected aspects of the natural world. 2. The characteristics, strengths and limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at least in part through practical laboratory experience. 3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social development and the variety of ways persons and civilizations have approached the natural world. 4. The relations and differences between science and theology; the mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/ physical environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment and the interconnectednessof all living systems. 5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting to describe, classlfy and model objects and events. Academic Information H THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVES: RATIONALE The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supporting courses and elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal arts as expressed in the General Education component of the college curriculum. Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists "To develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings: liberal arts perspectives and skills. The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciplinary reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant in society. The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with the Lutheran Church, its insistence on the value of knowing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational program. The third feature - that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution - is also emphasized in the other General Education Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life -of what it is to be human - form the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines. Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person. Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage, students need to learn about and reflect on significant aspects of this heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric: We live in a global society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Attention to moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students to focus upon - 6: 54 Academic Information aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which convey fundamental insights, express beauty and enhance life. Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entrylevel skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing, mathematics and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience. The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an urban setting. STUDENTS ENTERING UNDER DISTRIBUTION CURRICULUM Former Students Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission provided that they have been away from college for at least one calendar year. Regular Students Enrolled Before June,1991 Students enrolled before June, 1991, have a choice of using all graduation requirements in effect when first enrolled or changing to the graduation requirements in effect beginning in September 1991. No combination of requirements may be made. Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later Students entering under the following classifications will follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below. Transfer students who entered in 1991-1992 as sophomores, juniors or seniors; Those entering in 1992-1993classified as juniors or seniors; Those entering in 1993-1994 classified as seniors. All other students entering Augsburg September, 1991, or later will follow the requirements listed in the section titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum" (see page 55). REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION DISTRIBUTION CURRICULUM 1. Completion of 35 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 14 (Accounting) for the Bachelor of Arts degree, 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (Social Work), and 18 for the Bachelor of Academic Information 6: Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the credit total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total course credits required: two courses by independent/ directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (7)also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no P/ N grading is permitted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. 2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the ME Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically in all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Writing A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods and periodically throughout the year. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics/Physics Psychology/Sociology Chemistry/Biology Economics/Political Science English/Speech, Communication History/Philosophy and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Art/Music A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Modem Languages Two courses (111and 112) of one language at Augsburg. Students who place above the 111level of a language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an Inte* course, are required. The number - Academic Information of religion courses required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the Registrar's Office. Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's Office. Lifetime Sports Demonstrated proficiency in two different lifetime sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-course requirement. EXPLANATION OF GRADES Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. PassINo Credit Students who choose the P/N option are cautioned: In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0. Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". P-graded courses do not count toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this requirement. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, pages 55 and 56. Certain courses have restrictions and are offered on one grading system only (i.e. Lifetime Sports are graded only PIN). In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Number Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards 0.5 0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. Academic lntormation An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of the Registrar. If permission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0. Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for aedit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without aedit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs in the Financing Your Education section on page 18. The signature of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total grade points divided by number of courses taken.* *Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim terms. 6; Academic Information Sophomores - Seven courses completed. Juniors - 16 courses completed. Seniors - 24 courses completed. International Baccalaureate Program (IB) Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate Program will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the Registrar's Office. ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for aedit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to course work in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts cumculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. f i e following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) - Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores of 3,4 and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) -This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams - These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: There is a departmental instrument available for the subject area in question. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. The Registrar approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/ no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam of $485.00 for a full course aedit. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP) - This is a aedit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrais Office representative and two faculty members from fields of study Academic Information 6! directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP committee applies the following criteria: There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learing experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts course work. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript if credit is approved. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of course credits applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements, Upper Division, and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight courses (about one-fourth of a baccalau'Ieate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the eight courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the four assessment processes available in the APL program: AP exams, CLEP exams, departmental comprehensive exams and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. English as a Second Language (ESL) Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101Developmental Writing or ENG 111Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (80-100 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the class will determine - Academic Information 'O whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 2171 218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit toward the degree will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language requirement for graduation. ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION AND DISMISSAL The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore -A student who has taken fewer than 16 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 24 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher Senior - A student who has taken 24 or more courses with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelines will either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels stated above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. Dean's List The Dean's List, compiled after each semester, lists students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or Academic Information better. Students must be full-time students (a minimum equivalent of three full course credits for a weekday schedule student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Lf permission is given by the student, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude -3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To quallfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded course credits) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. W FOUR YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM This program applies to students who enter the Day School schedule as full-time freshmen in the fall of 1994 and thereafter. New freshmen are assured that they will be able to graduate,in four years -if they maintain continuous full-time enrollment for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA and follow advising guidelines - or they will receive the needed remaining courses free of additional tuition. A few professional majors are excluded from this program. Contact the Academic Advising Center in Memorial Hall for details. 7' - LOURSE VESCRIPTIONS WITH MAJOR AND '4 A s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College believes that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more Parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a broad general education and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach and requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirements for individual majors and minors follows the narrative. Class Schedule Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered FaU and/or Spring terms unless otherwise indicated. The Schedule of Classes published by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirements and course offerings with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offeredin January Interim, Summer School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in leadership, Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipand the Master of sSocial Work are published in separate Credits A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400s for seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if thereis prior approval by the professor teaching the course and the academic adviser. ACCOUNTING See listing under Business Administration, Accounting and Management Information Systems. AMERICAN lNDIAN STUDIES See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies. A rt is important as a field of study for our time. &survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a sigruficant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide onthe-job, supervised, evaluated experiences which contribute to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly sigruficant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education and science. Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art, such as teaching in public schools and colleges, ceramics, interior design, photography, film and video work, painting, gallery and museum work and design. Augsburg Art Department graduates have worked in many of these fields. Art Faculty Kristin Anderson (Chair), Lynn Bollrnan, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Philip Thompson 'O Art Studio Art Major Majors are required to begin their programs with the Studio Arts Foundations: ART 102 Design ART 107 Drawing One course in two dimensional art from: ART 118 Painting I or ART 223 Printmaking I or ART 225 Communication Design I or ART 360 Watercolor Painting One course in three-dimensional art from: ART 221 Sculpture I or ART 250 Ceramics I Five additional studio arts courses ART 240 Art History Survey And two additional art history courses Art History Major Eight art history courses including: ART 240 Art History Survey ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art Two studio courses from: ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing ART 118 Painting or ART 221 Sculpture Honors Majors GPA-of 3.5 in the major, general growth and development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the Deparfment Chair before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Five courses including ART 240, ART 107 and three additional studio courses. Art History Minor Five art history courses including ART 240. Certificate in Art Eight art courses, including at least one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. ART 102 Design A study of design as the unifying foundation for the visual arts. T w e and three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements and principles. ART 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pen&, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimentalwork. Art STUDIO ART ART 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department. ART 106 Calligraphy Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression and communication with attention to black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35 mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $175-200. (Fall) ART 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider art as a major and/or explore career alternatives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. ART 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. ART 223 Print Making I An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil and mono methods are explored. ART 225 Communication Design I An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design. Students will develop visual communication skills working with typography, symbols, logos and illustration. ART 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basketmaking, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. ART 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 7; - - Art ART 306 Calligraphy II Advanced work in calligraphic media and design. ART 330 ART 351 Communication Design II An advanced study of graphic design using various techniques and tools, including the computer, to create visual communications for the print medium. (Prereq.: ART 225. Spring) Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250) ART 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118) ART 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in bansparent watercolor. ART 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: ART 223) ART 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of art to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. ART 478 Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: ART 221) ART 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. ART HISTORY ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art of the Western world from preliistoric to modem times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides and visits to museums. Note: Thefollowing courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. ART 352 Women and Art A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women. Art 7! ART 382 Scandinavian Arts The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design. ART 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D. ART 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture and architecture in Europe. ART 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. ART 389 American Art A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture and folk arts. See listing under East and Southeast Asian Studies. - DIOLOGY '" UEPARTMENT - BIO B iology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as yet, eluded the grasp of biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on the findings of basic biological research. Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty Esther McLaughlin (Chair), Mary K. Chelberg, Robert Herforth, Dale Pederson, Ralph Sulerud Major Nine courses including: BIO 113 General Biology BIO 114 General Biology BIO 201 Introductory Cellular Biology and at least one from each of the five following groups: A. Molecular and Cellular: BIO 367 Biochemistry BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology B. Cellular to Organismal: BIO 355 Genetics BIO 474 Developmental Biology C. Organismic/Animals: BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology BIO 473 Animal Physiology D. Organismic/Plants: BIO 361 Plant Biology BIO 440 Plant Physiology Biology E. Environmental: BIO 476 Microbiology BIO 481 Ecology The ninth course may be BIO 203 Principles of Nutrition or any Upper Division biology course, including an Interim course. BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is required of all juniors and seniors. Required Supporting Courses CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115 General Chemistry CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 116 General Chemistry CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry PHY 116 Introduction to Physics Math Placement Group IV Graduate and Professional Training Students who intend to enter graduate school or professions such as medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine should consult with the Biology Department as schools vary in their admission requirements. These may include CHM 351/352 instead of CHM 223, PHY 121/122 instead of PHY 116, and MAT 145/146 or one year of calculus. Training as a physician's assistant, physical therapist or occupational therapist requires specific coursework which should be discussed with a member of the Biology Department. Cooperative Education Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. The Department works with the Cooperative Education Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. Students interested should consult with the Biology Department Cooperative Education Coordinator. Minor Teaching Licensure Major Five courses, including BIO 113,114 and three Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116 (or CHM 105,106). The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. 81 - 32 Biology BIO 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view: what makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 102 The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 105 Biology and Society A consideration of the biological basis of some of the problems facing society, such as toxic pollutants in air, water and soil, genetic engineering, AIDS, genetic diseases and counseling, extinction, wilderness ethics, global warming, cancer, hunger, drugs, biodiversity. (Three hours lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) BIO 113, 114 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Fall: 113; Spring: 114) BIO 199 lnternshi~ A work-based experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which,enablesthe student to consider biology as a major and/or explore career alternatives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering. (Prereq.: BIO 114) BIO 201 Introductory Cellular Biology An introduction to function and structure in the basic unit of life, the cell. A variety of methods are employed, including microscopy, cell culture and various separation and analytical techniques. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 203 Principles of Nutrition A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort will be made to differentiatefact from fiction in this controversial biological field. (Threehours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification,morphology, behavior, life history and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Fall: alternate years) BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, organ system structure and function, and evolution of the vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stresses Drosophila genetics. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Fall) BIO 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi and plants, including the study of structure, physiology, life histories and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediate metabolism. (Three hours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 201, CHM 223 or 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) Internship A work-based experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of biology to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Department and Internship office before registering. (Prereq.: BIO 201) BIO 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth, development and water relationships in plants including the relationships of these processes to structure and life histories. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years) BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology An examination of the molecular organization of the cell, including the nature and function of organelles, chemical communication, growth and division, cytoskeleton and motility, the cell surface and gene expression. - Biology ~4 (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201 and CHM 223 or 352. Spring) BIO 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Topics include digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement and sensory perception as well as the neural and hormonal control of these functions. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of instructor. Fall) BIO 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during development, with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental and descriptive studies are included in the laboratory. Embryonic development, malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Spring) BIO 476 BIO 481 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Environmental, industrial and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human pathogens. (Three hours lecture, four hour laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Fall) Ecology A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal relationsh$s between organisms and their environments. (Threehours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 491 Seminar (.O course) A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring) BIO 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: BIO 201 and previous arrangement with instructor.) DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, 0 ur mission is to -prepare - students for professional careers in business or for graduate studies. This preparation involves a curriculum which stresses analysis and communication, emphasizes both theory and practice, and is shaped by the needs of the business community. The Department fosters close ties with the corporate community which provide a wealth of practical expertise, a variety of internship opportunities and future job prospects. The faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based and socially aware. Faculty Amin Kader (Chair, Accounting and International Business Coordinator),John C. Cemto (Management Coordinator), Fekri Meziou (Marketing Coordinator), Milo Schield (MIS Coordinator),Thomas Morgan (Finance Coordinator), Diane F. Busico, Steven J. LaFave, Lori L. Lohrnan, Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp, Kathy Schwalbe and Stuart M. Stoller. Within the Business Administration major there are four specializations: Marketing, Management, Finance and International Business. Within the Accounting major there are three specializations: General Accounting, Public Accounting and Managerial Accounting. Graduation Requirements To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimal number required (see page 55), students must avoid taking too many electives or exceeding the 13-courselimit per academic department. Courses designated as ACC, BUS and MIS are considered as being in the same academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular combination of major and minor may require students to complete more than the minimum number of credits required for graduation. Transfer Students Transfer students must complete at least four of the Upper Division courses required in the major at Augsburg or obtain an exemption from the Department. Advising Majors The Department of Business, Accounting and MIS offers four majors: Business Administration (BUS), Accounting (ACC), Management Information Systems (MIS), and a combined major in Business and Economics. Specializations Students who plan to major in Business, Accounting or MIS are strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This should be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel majors on their careers, assist majors in obtaining intemships or jobs, and provide letters of 85 - Business Administration recommendation for prospective employers or graduate programs. Internships Students are strongly encouraged to work with the Cooperative Education and Department faculty to obtain an Internship (BUS/ACC/MIS 399) during their junior or T he major in Business Administration prepares students for professional careers in business administration or for graduate studies. The four specializations within this major share a common business core. This common core provides students with a broad foundation so they can readily adapt to internal changes in interests and goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities. Business Core 10 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Miaoeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics BUS 301 Business Law BUS 331 Financial Management senior year. Although an Internship may count against the 13-course limit, students may petition for an exception. An Internship may satisfy the perspective on the City. Internships can provide students with experience that may be v~luablein competing for jobs after graduationyour adviser on this matter. Specialization in Marketing Business core plus 3 courses: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 355 Marketing Communications or BUS 357 Advertising BUS 450 Marketing Management Specialization in Management Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management BUS 465 International Management MIS 376 Project ~ a n a ~ e m e n t or ECO 318 Management Science Specialization in Finance Business core plus 4 courses: ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice BUS 438 Investment Theory and one of the following: ECO 311 Public Finance ECO 312 Intermediate Maaoeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 315 Money and Banking MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Specialization in International Business Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 362 International Business BUS 465 International Management BUS 466 International Marketing and one additional Upper Division course in either International Business or International Economics. I , GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.1 overall ?nior thesis and comprehensive oral .m in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should conta~ the Department Chair. Minor in Business Administration Students must also complete three semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be waived for international students. Contact the International Business Coordinator for details on language equivalents or other configurations. Six courses including: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS 242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379. Combined Major in Business Administration and Economics Six courses including: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252, and three Upper Division courses in International Business (or one Upper Division course in International Economics i ~in i ~ ~ and two upper~ i ~courses international ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ This minor is automatically completed while completing a major in Accounting or MIS. Minor in International Business 11 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 of ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics and one other Upper Division Economics course ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics or BUS 331 Financial Management and one other Upper Division Business Administration, Accounting or MIS course BUS 199 Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable altematives in International Economics. Internship Lower Division Internship BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Business Administration BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. BUS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit BUS 301 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. BUS 302 Business Ethics Examines individual choices in business using various ethical standards. Reviews critical thinking skills in relation to moral reasoning. Analyzes and evaluates various business practices and policies. Emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing andspeaking (&ereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or Junior/Senior standing) BUS 331 Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222) BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision-making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,379, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) BUS 355 Marketing Communications Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis is placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs. (Prereq.: BUS 252) Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit but not both. BUS 357 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both. Business Administration BUS 362 International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an intemational context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in intemational business. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or 252, or consent of instructor. Spring) BUS 364 Contemporary East-West Relations An analysis of the conditions and motivations for East-West trade, economic and industrial cooperation. The commercial policies will be explained, including the changes in the organization of foreign trade in the organization of foreign trade in Eastern Europe and Russia. The effectsof GATT, the World Bank, IMF, and EEC on East-West relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of Japan An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed, involving film, television documentaries, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of students. (Prereq.:junior standing or consent of instructor) BUS 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduationbut not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the risk/retum relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core courses or consent of instructor) BUS 439 Risk Management and Insurance Analyzes exposure to accidental loss - its identification, measurement and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379) BUS 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242) 89 90 Business Administration BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision-making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357) BUS 465 International Management To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the influence of national and international institutions on the multinational corporation and on the strategies, sbuctures, practices and effects of the national corporation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended) BUS 466 International Marketing This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362) BUS 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ACCOUNTING - ACC T ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I he major in accounting - prepares ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 students for professional careers in a wide MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for variety of accounting-related positions. Business and Economics This major has two tracks: General BUS 301 Business Law Accounting and Professional Accounting. BUS 331 Financial Management The General Accounting specialization is 4 -2E-35adequate for a wide variety of positions. Practice I The Professional Accounting track includes ACC 323 Accounting Theory and two specializations: public accounting and Practice I1 managerial accounting. The public accountACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting ing specialization is recommended for ACC 425 Advanced Accounting positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended (It is recommended that students take for positions with large or rapidly-growing the courses in the sequence given above.) companies. Specialization in General Accounting The two professional specializations No additional courses required. relate to two professional designations: the - CPA and the CMA. A Certified Public Accountant (CPA) focuses on external reporting; a Certified Management Accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting. The public accounting specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CPA exam; the managerial specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in addition to passing the national exam. Under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy, Accounting majors in the Public Accounting specialization are qualified to sit for the CPA examination during their last semester. Accounting Core 14 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Specialization in Public Accounting Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 326 Tax Accounting and 423 Auditing. Specialization in Managerial Accounting Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 424 Internal and Operational Audit and MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the Department Chair. Minor in Accounting Six courses including: ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC 322,323 and one of the following: MIS 175,379, ECO 112 or 113. This minor is recommended for majors in MIS and Finance. Accounting ACC 199 Internship Lower Division Internship ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221) ACC 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222) ACC 323 Accounting Theory and Practice II A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.:ACC 322) ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221,222, BUS 242,252, MIS 379, or consent of instructor) ACC 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) ACC 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Accounting 93 ACC 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 424 Internal and Operational Audit Integrating the business arts of accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS to incorporate and learn the techniques of internal and operation auditing. Also integrated are the professional skills of oral and written communications, problem-solving in an unstructured environment and team projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221,222, BUS 242,252, 331, MIS 175,379) ACC 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ACC 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) v4 IVIANAGEMENT INFORMATION 3YSTEMS - MIS T he major in Management Information Systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS studies information systems as both a resource and a tool for decision-making. Students learn to analyze and evaluate existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and includes courses from Computer Science, Mathematics, Economics, Business and Accounting, as well as from MIS. Management Information Systems Major 16 courses including: A. Six courses in Economics, Business and Accounting: ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 B. Three courses in Mathematics and Computer Science: CSC 170 Structured Programming MAT 121 Finite Mathematics or MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics and one of the following: ' CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UNIX and C C. Seven courses in MIS: MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business or CSC 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Accounting, Economics and MIS or CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design MIS 476 Information Systems Projects and one of the following; MIS 376 Project Management MIS 479 Advanced Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ECO 318 Management Science CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concent~ation. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the Department Chair. Minor in MIS Seven courses including: MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252, MIS 370 or CSC 352, MIS 375, ECO 113 and one of the following: MIS 376, 475,479 or ECO 318 Mathematics Placement Croup (MPC) Requirements MIS 175,370,379,479, CSC 170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since all majors in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 379, they all must have at least MPG 111. MIS 95 - MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Introduction to business applications, operating systems, computer hardware and languages. Strong emphasis on spreadsheets (basic commands, functions, graphics and database.) Lesser emphasis on database. Emphasis on concepts and relation to business. (To test out of MIS 175, pass either a ' comprehensive exam or MIS 370.) (Prereq.: MPG I1 or a Pass in MAT 103.) MIS 199 Internship Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399). MIS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of Management Information Systems. MIS 299 Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499). MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business An investigation of p~ogrammablesystems using personal computers. Examine basic algorithms and associated flow charts. Apply these concepts by programming various applications (spreadsheets, word and database) and application-oriented languages such as Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG I11 or a Pass in MAT 105. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with permission of instructor, extensive experience with spreadsheets and personal computers. Fall) MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in organizations. Analyze various kinds of information systems in terms of their computer components and their benefits to staff and management. Introduction to a CASE tool such as Excelerator. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, CSC 160 or 170. Recommended: ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 379, BUS 331. Spring) MIS 376 Project Management Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes and problems associated with project management. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 175 or 370.) MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing. Emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. Computer software may be used to analyze survey data. (Prereq.: MIS 175 and either Math Placement Group I11 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) MIS 399 Internship Program A student may receive credit through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Prereq.: MIS 375. Fall) MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 475. Spring) MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 379. Fall) MIS 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to provide an opportunity to analyze a topic in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) c hemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. *To provide an afmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. Chemists as scientists must be well versed in the science of chemistry, knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems, and capable of providing a public understanding of their work including potential problems as well as benefits. *To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemisty major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists: *To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. *To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. *To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences. Chemistry Faculty Earl R. Alton (Chair), Arlin E. Gyberg, Joan C. Kunz, Sandra L. Olrnsted 0 . BACHELOR OF ARTS Graduation Major in Chemistry CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351 Organic Chemistry CHM 352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar and one additional course from: CHM 364 Physical Chemistry CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry - Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry BIO 367 Biochemistry Also required: PHY 121,122 General Physics I, II MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I & I1 or one year of calculus Because Upper Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure in Physical Science The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identdy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major The same as the Graduation Major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE American Chemical Society Approved Major 12 courses including: CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I & I1 or one year of calculus MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I or approved math course PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1 (should be taken in sophomore year) Recommended: Modem Physics, additional mathematics, research experience, reading ability in German and computer proficiency. Honors Major Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved , research; participation in seminar. Minor Five courses which must include: CHM 105,106 or CHM 115,116, CHM 353, and two other Chemistry courses from: CHM 223, CHM 351,352, CHM 361, or BIO 367 Note: credit will not be granted for both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the course descriptions. Chemistry CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change, chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics and equilibrium. The sequence, CHM 105,106, is designed for students who have not studied chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major in chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall) CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three onehour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG III. Spring) CHM 115 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 111. Fall ) CHM 116 General Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: 115. Spring) CHM 199 Internship A work-based learning experience at the sophomore chemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Participatim in a mcurrent I seminar is expected. Prior to the b e w i n g of the ~ I BJregistrzrtim, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register. CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry This onesemester course is designed for students whose professional goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered will include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry major, nor will credit be given for this course if CHM 351,352 is taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352, nor does it meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Spring) CHM 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing. Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty member in the Chemistry Department. - Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy relations and reaction mechanism. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; Spring; CHM 352) CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 111. Fall) CHM 361 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry; thermodynamics, kinetics and quantum chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122. Fall) CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (.5 course) Physical c h e m i s e ~ a b o r a t ointroduces j students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration.) CHM 364 Physical Chemistry Applications of concepts studied in CHM 361 to areas of solutions, phase equilibria, electrolytes, molecular structure and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring) CHM 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (.5 course) CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four one-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring) CHM 399 Internship A work-based learning experience at the junior-senior chemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register. CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlationsfor IR, UV, NMR and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. (Three one-hour lectures, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,353,361 or consent of instruc- Chemistry tor. Some reading knowledge of German recommended. Fall) CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (Three o n e hour lectures, one four-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Spring) CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall ) CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger'swave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 364 or consent of instructor. Spring) CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (.O course) This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. CHM 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation which may be obtained by working on a summer research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) CHM 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) See listing under Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. -1' " LOMPUTER 3CIENCE - CSC T he Augsburg Computer Science ~e~artmentstrives to give students a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a B.A. and a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places emphasis on networks, communications and the use of computers as an information access tool. The course work provides students a strong base in computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We encourage students to strengthen their course work by electing an Internship or Cooperative Education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add practical applications to their education. and two courses, at least one of which is upper division, from: PHY 261 Electronics CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UNIX and C CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design CSC 399 Internship CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (may be repeated once) CSC 499 Independent Study Computer Science Faculty Larry Ragland (Chair), Larry Crockett, Noel Petit BACHELOR OF ARTS Computer Science Major 11 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 330 Theory of Computation CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (may be repeated) MAT 145 Augment Mathematics I BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Computer Science Major 15 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 330 Theory of Computation CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science MAT 145 Augment Mathematics I MAT 146 Augment Mathematics I1 MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning II Computer Science 1 and two courses, at least one of which is upper division, from: PHY 261 Electronics CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UND( and C CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design CSC 399 Internship CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (may be repeated) CSC 499 Independent Study CSC 145 CSC 160 Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in computer science and mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an independent study project. Minor Six courses including CSC 160,170,210, 345, MAT 145, and one Upper Division Computer Science course. Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a computer science major or minor. Introduction to Computing and Communications. Basic computer applicationsusing word processing, spreadsheets and databases; files and disks; using the computer as an information accessing tool through remote access to the library; use of e-mail, Internet, news, and information services; simple programming. (Prereq.: MPG 111) CSC 170 CSC 210 Structured Programming An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or BUS 279 or MPG Iv) Data Structures Data structures such as linked lists, stacks and queues; recursion; objects, classes and methods. (Prereq.: CSC 170) CSC 270 FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) - Computer Science CSC 271 COBOL Study of the COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 272 UNIX and C Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 320 Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MAT 145) CSC 330 Theory of Computation Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata and computability. Topics include regular and context-free languages, finite automata, Turing machines, the halting problem and unsolvability. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or 345; MAT 145) CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: csc 345) CSC 345 CSC 352 Principles of Computer Organization An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 160) Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210) CSC 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of computer science to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Computer Science Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications Network management; client/se~erdatabases and workstations; TCP/IP, IPX, Appletalk networks. (Prereq.: CSC 340) Computer Science CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC 345) CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: CSC 210) CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) CSC 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. - EASTAND SOUTHEASTASIANSTUDIES A major in East Asian Studies is offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which is available as a result of the cooperation and crossregistration possibilities among Augsburg College, Hamline University, Macalester College, The College of St. Catherine and the University of St. Thomas. The program pools the resources and expertise within the five institutions. This major enables students to acquire a broad knowledge of Japan, China and other East Asian nations and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country. Career opportunities for those who attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian Studies are diverse. Majors have the opportunity to be involved in government service, international business, journalism, language instruction, Asian arts and intercultural communication. The major provides a foundation for graduate work in various fields such as anthropology, economics, history, international relations, business, law, political science, sociology and theatre. This major is also recommended for those interested in education and work with social and recreational agencies. East and Southeast Asian Studies Faculty Martha Johnson, Director courses, two of which must be Upper Division (strongly recommended that one of these be a history course on China or Japan); and an East Asian Studies Seminar. A term of study abroad and the completion of a minor in a discipline are strongly recommended. Study abroad opportunities for the semester or a year are available in Hong Kong, Japan, Korea and the People's Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization. Language Courses Elementary and intermediate courses in Chinese are offered at Hamline University. Elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese are offered at Macalester College and the University of St. Thomas. There is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese languages (without extra tuition charges); see campus adviser. Non-majors are also eligible to take the Chinese and Japanese language courses. Minor in East Asian Studies Five courses, no more than two of which may be in the language. A minor in East Asian studies provides exposure to an area of East Asia which would complement other disciplines. Minor in East a'nd Southeast Asian Studies Major in East Asian Studies The requirements for the major consist of nine courses. Courses in the major must be approved by the campus adviser, and are distributed as follows: four courses in an East Asian language; four additional A minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies is an area of concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. East and Southeast Asian btudies - Five courses including one from: PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy REL 356 History of Religions SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology and one course from: HIS 474 The World and the West POL 351 Topics in Communist/Post Communist Systems POL 363 Foreign Policy: China and Russia and one course from: HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life HIS 399 Internship HIS 495 Seminar Recommended: HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World Note: Interim courses or new courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies Program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the campus adviser. Faculty advising is recommended at all stages of the major to plan a coherent and effective program. Each campus has a member on the ACTC East Asian Studies committee who can assist students. The current advisers are: Augsburg College -Khin Khin Jensen 330-1193, Hamline University -Richard Kagan 641-2433, Macalester -Yue-him Tam 696-6262, St. Catherine -Martha Hardesty 690-6189, St. Thomas -Robert Werner 962-5565. Approved Augsburg College courses for the East Asian Studies Program (consult program director for ACTC listing of approved courses): BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of Japan HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy POL 363 Foreign Policy: China and Russia REL 356 History of Religions THR 245 Introduction to Asian American Theatre - tCONOMlCS DEPARTMENT - ECO T he Economics Department at Augsburg offers s t u d e k a program which stresses a strong theoretical background, quantitative analysis and an emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate with a major in the Economics Department are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or to work successfully in the business world and government because of the strong liberal arts emphasis within the major. Currently, three Economics majors are offered to students. The Economics major is designed primarily for students who are planning graduate or advanced professional studies. The Applied Economics major generally leads to careers in the business world or government. Finally, the combined Economics/Business Administration major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in planning their program of study. As graduates, students will face a world in constant change. Students have to prepare themselves to take advantage of whatever opportunities become available. The study of Economics provides a firm foundation for confronting change because it presents a disciplined way to analyze and to make choices. Some reasons for studying economics are: economics deals with current problems; economics is a successful and prestigious social science; economics employs theoretical models and the scientific method; an economics major prepares students for community leadership; and an economics major leads to a great diversity of career opportunities. These include careers in business, law, teaching, journalism, politics, banking and finance, service in government, educational administration, both private and public international service and industrial relations. A degree in Economics may prove to be a valuable credential. We encourage students who major in economics to learn to be somebody rather than to simply learn to do something. Students are also able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, computer science, management information systems (MIS), political science, history and Nordic Area Studies. Internships are available and highly recommended. Students must consult with the Department chair and the Internship office before registering for academic credit. Economics Faculty Satya P. Gupta (Chair), Jeanne Boeh, Edward Sabella. Maior in Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Maaoeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 414 Welfare Economics and three other Upper Division Economics courses: MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MAT 114 Elementary Functions or MAT 121 Finite Mathematics or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Economics 1( The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended. BUS 331 Financial Management or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics and one other Upper Division Business course Major in Applied Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 311 Public Finance or ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 Money and Banking ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 360 International Economics ECO 318 Management Science or ECO 415 Managerial Economics ECO 413 Labor Economics ECO 399 Internship Program or ECO 499 Independent Study MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity Combined Major in Economics and Business Administration Five Economics courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics And one other Upper Division Economics course and six Accounting/Business Adrninistration/MIS courses including: ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre-hensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Note: Students who plan to major in the Department are strongly encouraged to select a Department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed on the following pages, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains and Soviet Economy. lo Economics ECO 110 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration or MIS). ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 11) ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independentlyof ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 11) ECO 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider Economics as a major and/or explore career alternatives. ECO 219 History of Economic Thought A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. Major topics may include ancient, medieval, mercantilist, classical, socialist/utopian and contemporary economic thought. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) ECO 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies. ECO 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall) Economics 11 ECO 312 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall, Spring) ECO 313 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113) ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112) ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 111) ECO 360 International Economics A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring) ECO 399 Internship Program A work-based leaming experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of Economics to the opportunities found in the placement. (Prereq.: 50 percent completion of major or consent of instructor) ECO 41 3 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) ECO 414 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) 'f Economics ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313. Spring) ECO 416 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,313, MAT 122) ECO 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. ECO 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford hirn/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. LDUCATION DEPARTMENT - EDE, s tudents interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education. Professional education combines the study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. Classroom teaching is the career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and abroad. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves as a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas. As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take the PPST (a set of basic competency tests prescribed by the Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDS, EDU Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics prior to beginning Upper Division courses. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any Education course grade below 2.0 must be retaken. Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is available both through Day School and Weekend College. Selected secondary education programs are also available in Weekend College. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in an International Student Teaching Abroad program. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the international and American School network. Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. Education Faculty Rich Germundsen (Chair), Virginia Allery, Mary Ann Bayless, Bruce Drewlow, Mary Endorf, Joseph Erickson, Ann Fleener, Ethelind Garetz, Gretchen Irvine, Marie McNeff, Mildred Mueller, Vicki Olson EDU 341 Media Technology EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten Elementary and Field Experience l4 Elementary Education - EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculm: Art, Music EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curridum: Physical Education EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature EDE 387 Kindergarten-Elementary Curridum: Language Arts EDE 388 Human Relations EDE 481,482,483 student hi^^ K-6 EDE 484 Student Teaching K-6 (optional) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education PHY 103 HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators SWK 260 Humans Developing PHY 103 Conceptual Physics or MAT 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts EDS 377 Mathematics Methods and an academic minor If students also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten is also required. A GPA of 2.5 overall and 2.5 in the major and grades of P in student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.0 in all Education courses. The criteria for acceptance into the Department Licensure are available in the Education Department. Conceptual Physics (See Physics Department for course description.) EDU 120 EDE 199 Learning in an Urban Setting This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban educational settings. Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a major and/or consider its career is expected. Students alternatives. Participation in a concurrent se*ar must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator before registering for academic credit. Seminar participation required. EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience hvestigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and ENG 111) EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education for course description.) Elementary Education EDE 295 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDE 299 Directed Study Lower Division independent study. EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, and evaluation of effective audievisual m&erks for teaching/leaming situations. Computer training will be included in this course. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field Experience The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. (Prereq.: PPST) EDU 370 Classroom Management (.5 course) A class for Elementary and Secondary education students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage ment techniques. It is designed to empower future teachers with insights and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build self esteem in their students. (Prereq.: PPST. Spring) EDU 371 Teaching the Individual Learner (.5 course) A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282 Introduction to Special Education prior to registering for this course. (Prereq.: PPST. Fall) EDE 375 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course) Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics lo Elementary Education - at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and r,esources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. (P/N grading only) EDE 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, f a d t y member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult with the Department and the Internship Office before registering. EDE 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education for course description.) EDE 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to enrolling for the courses. A full term of student teaching is required for all students pursuing an initial license. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary course work satisfactorily completed and admission into the Education Department Licensure program.) EDE 491 Pradicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education for course description) Secondary Education EDE 495 Topics in Education (.5 course) Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDE 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). EDE 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the Kindergarten-Elementary education faculty. 1 t is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are expected to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements in the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; and the following courses: EDU 210 Learning and Developing in an Educational Setting EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDU 341 Media Technology EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary Field Experience EDU 388 Human Relations EDS 478 School and Society EDS 481,482,483 Student Teaching EDS 484 Student Teaching Seminar (for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors) HPE 114 Health Safety Education (or equivalent) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators Methods course in major/minor areas GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in Education, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching required. All required EDU/EDS courses must have a grade of 2.0 or higher. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure Program required. Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education Department. '1 Secondary Education Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take four courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 361,362; the physical education major for 365; and the music major for 355. Art and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1) Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom EDU 120 music (5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (512). Modern Language Licensure For modern language teachers (French, German, Spanish), see Modem Language Department for information on the required competency exams. Teaching in the Minor Field Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College. Learning in an Urban Setting (See Elementary Education for course description.) EDS 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a major and/or consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator before registering for academic credit. Seminar participation required. EDU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. PSY 105 Principles of Psychology is strongly recommended. EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and ENG 111) Secondan, Education EDS 282 Introduction t o Special Education (See Special Education for course description.) EDS 295 Topics i n Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDS 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. EDU 341 Media Technology (-5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description) EDS 350 Reading i n the Content Areas (.5 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Prereq.: P E T ) EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring) EDS 356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (.5 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials and techniques. Courses offered on two-year cycle. Even year: Woodwinds. Odd year: Brass and Percussion, Strings. (Prereq.: PPST. Fall) EDS 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Fall) EDS 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (.5 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361. Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Fall) EDS 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (.5 course) (See Health and Physical Education Department for course description. Prereq.: P E T ) 11 - Secondary Education EDS 366 Modern Language Methods (.5 course) World language learning theory. The theory and practice of world language teaching. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Consult with the Modem Language Department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) EDU 370 Classroom Management (.5 course) A class for Elementary and Secondary Education students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom management techniques. (Prereq.: PET. Spring) EDU 371 Teaching the Individual Learner (.5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description. Prereq.: PPST) EDS 374 Natural Science Methods (.5 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (.S course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Winter: WEC) EDS 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (.5 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and theatre, and directing of cmxn-ricular speech and theatre activities. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring) EDS 377 Mathematics Methods (.5 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Spring) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description.) EDS 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. S~ecialEducation EDS 478 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. (Prereq.: senior standing, EDU 265 and P E T ) EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar Obsenring and directing learning at the secondary level under supemision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses required of all 712 licensure majors. Four courses required of K-12 Art, Music, and Physical Education licensure majors and of double majors. (Prereq.: completion of all education coursework and admission to the Department.) EDS 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDS 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). EDS 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the Departmental cumculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. See Department listing for a description of the following approved electiue: HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (See Health and Physical Education Department for course description. Prereq.: PPST) Minor Minimum of six courses: EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education EDE 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child PSY 357 Behavior Analysis One course chosen from: HPE 354 Physiology of Exercise MUS 110 Interim Course PSY 362 Behavior Disorders SWK 340 Interim Course and one course chosen from: PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 359 Psychological Assessment EDS 388 Human Relations LIN 289 Introduction to Linguistics Recommended as an additional course: BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology 12 zZ Special Education EDU 110 Introduction to Deafness and Language of Deaf People Introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of cornmunication used by deaf people. Through lectures, guest speakers, videotapes, reading and field trips, we examine the language, education, social and political aspects, and cultural issues within the deaf community. (Odd years) EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Fall) EDU 491 Practicurn and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. (Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Prereq.: completion of special courses for Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Spring) A ugsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Engineering Adviser Stuart Anderson University of Minnesota The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering (B.A. / B.E.) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A. / M.E.) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A./ B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University (Three Year Plan) Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan) These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and AppEed Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. 24 Engineering The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115 General Chemistry CHM 116 General Chemistry CSC 170 Structured Programming ENG 111 Effective Writing PHY 121 General Physics I Students are also encouraged to explore PHY 122 General Physics II Four Mathematics courses from A or B: opportunities for graduate work at A. Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further informa- MAT 145 AUGMENT I tion on these and other graduate programs MAT 146 AUGMENT II is available from the Augsburg Engineering MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I Adviser. MAT 247 Mathematical Structures and Financial Aid: Students receiving Reasoning II financial aid who are participants in these B. (For WEC students. See WEC catalog for dual degree programs will be encouraged course descriptions.) to apply to the engineering school of their MAT 124 Calculus I choice for continuing support. Their MAT 125 Calculus II applications will be evaluated using need MAT 224 Calculus 111, Differential and academic performance as criteria. Equations MAT 226 Calculus III, Differential Equations Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124, 125 or 145,146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352. - ENC T hose who study - English - believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps people understand who they are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do and better understand the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. ism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing and other professions and businesses. English Faculty Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Barbara Andersen, Cathleen Dalglish, Douglas Green, Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, John Schmit Major The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films and readings available near the campus. English majors have the opporhmity to use and refine their skills through working in Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring in the Writing Lab or participating in the Cooperative Education Program. Nine courses above 111, including: ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing ENG 245 Introduction to Literature One course in European literature: ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante or ENG 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period Two survey courses in British literature from: ENG 331 British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan ENG 336 British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries ENG 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians One Upper Division course in American literature: ENG 350 American Literature to 1920 or ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 One 400 level course Two additional electives Students with an Augsburg English major pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, journal- Majors are encouraged to consult their Departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program 12 - 26 English that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the Department. Note: Transfer majors must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. 10 courses, including those listed under the major, and: ENG 345 Introduction to the English Language ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing EDS 364 English Methods and one course with a component in nonWestern literature (for example, ENG 361). In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education no later than the spring of their junior year. Minor Five courses above ENG 111, including ENG 245; an upper~ i ~literature i ~ i course; and an additional writing course. Transfer Students Transfer students with a B.A. in English from another college must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg (preferably Upper Division). These courses must be taken before the Department can recommend a student for student teaching. The English Placement Test A writing sample is required of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show competence in composition skills - such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences - are required to enroll in ENG 101 Developmental Writing where thev receive more individual instruction than is possible in ENG 111Effective Writing. These students must pass ENG 101Developmental Writing before enrolling in ENG 111 Effective Writing. V Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the major. Prerequisites Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chair by October 15 in senior year for Department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines). ENG 111Effective Writing is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature course is ENG 245 Introduction to Literature and/ or consent of the instructor. ~ Enalish ENC 101 DevelopmentalWriting A preparatory course for ENG 111Effective Writing, this course is required of students identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. ENC 111 Effective Writina Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing anddeveloping topics, thinking critically and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0. ENC 216 American Indian Literature A study of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which literature reflect and illuminate American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring) - ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing will determine placement in these courses, and testing, as well as c o ~ r s ~ ~ e r f o r m a nwill c e , determine whether the ESL requirement is met. Students will continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218) ENC 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111.Spring) ENC 225 Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG 111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 226 Introduction to Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111.Fall) ENC 227 Journalism An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print media, including practice in writing for radio and television. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. Basic copy preparation, editing 12 28 Enalish practices and an introduction to legal and ethical questions are included. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 241 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films illustrating the international development of film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring) ENC 245 Introduction to Literature An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature, Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading literature and writing about it. ENC 251 Readings in American Literature An introduction to representative works that yield an understanding of the Western heritage and American world views. Themes could include the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the nature of nature, definitions of the American self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of American thought and the continuity of Western culture in America. (Fall) ENC 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including works by such authors as Homer, Virgl, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Aristophanes, Ovid and Dante. These works are studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance. (Fall) ENC 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais, Voltaire and Ibsen. (Spring) ENC 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction. ENC 299 Directed Study Directed study for Lower Division credit. Supervised but largely independent study of a topic not normally offered among course selections. Instructor's and Department Chair's consent required. Students are responsible for proposing topics before the term in which they wish to undertake the study. English 11 ENC 327 Advanced Journalism:Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is on interviewing, organizing and writing the story, editing the work of others and learning layout and design. Includes workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of others and laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: ENG 227. Alternate years) ENC 331 British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 336 British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers are emphasized, as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 341 Advanced Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.) ENC 345 Introduction to the English Language A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students will be introduced to the primary components of linguistics, the development of the English language and the social impact of language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) ENC 350 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of selected American writers from colonial times to WWI. Attention is given to issues relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions of the individual in relation to society, the nature of nature and regional differences are also studied. The approach is historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 361 Studies in Modern Fiction Emphasis is on sigruficant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 399 Internship The Department offers on-campus Internships in teaching writing and English as a Second Language, and various off-campus Internships in writing and editing. Interns meet with faculty advisers or seminar groups. Interested students should consult the Department Chair. ENC 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th century beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Eliot, Joyce and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 438 Shakespeare Study of major plays -comedies, histories and tragedies. Additional plays are assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 445 Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 480 Criticism The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 482 Topics in Language and Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ENC 499 Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with an overall GPA of 3.0 or consent of Department Chair. Designed to enable advanced students to pursue a topic not covered by course offerings. The student must define a topic and a tentative reading list, then seek a faculty member willing and able to supervise the project. Department chair approval required. See Department listing for a description of the following approved elective: THR 325 Playwriting See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. T he initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students and to help them become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logstics of being college students. The First Year Experience (ME)is composed of four parts: Summer Registra- CST 005 FYE Seminar tion, Fall Orientation, ME Seminars and an optional FYE Interim Term Course. Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the ME Seminars is required of all students who begin Augsburg College as freshmen in the day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of a passing (P) grade for ME 005 on their official transcript and a 0.25 credit. Students without a P for ME 005 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree. (.25 course) A series of Fall term meetings with an ME faculty adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the.Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of disciplines and sources collected in the "Augsburg Anthology." (P/N grading only; evaluation based on attendance and participation.) See listing under Modern Languages. See listing under Modern Languages. s ome courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative proseminar created by cooperating faculty and CST 009 Cooperative Education offerings of the Center for Global Education. General Studies Faculty ~~~lM ~~ ~ ~warren ~ ~ ~ l , d (.O course) Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Cooperative Education staff. No course credit. CST 140, 141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (.5 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning and making decisions. GST 209 City Seminar: Experiential Education (.O course) Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of intemship/service/ cooperative education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities as an urban community system. Students do a series of 5-6 reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a systematic way of thinking about how their particular organization functions in the larger community. The seminar enables the student to utilize experiential education options to meet the objectives of the City Perspective. Permission of Instructor. Non-credit. CST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar This seminar consists of a series of mini-courses offered in a number of relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course consists of 12 hours. Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. See listing under Modem Languages. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL DUCATI ION v irtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional participant will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs: general education in Physical Education; men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA/YWCA programs and community services, municipal park and recreation departments as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty Carol Enke and Edwin J. Saugestad (CoChairs), Brian Amrnann, Richard Borstad, Marilyn Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Jeff Swenson. HEALTH EDUCATION Health Education Major HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 216 Human Sexuality HPE 254 Introduction to Developmental/ Adapted Physical Education HPE 320 School Health Curriculum HPE 355 Tests and Measurement HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 114 General Biology PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. 14 Health and Physical Education Teaching Minor Students interested in the Teaching Minor should consult with the Department Chair. PHYSICAL EDUCATION Physical Education Major HPE 101 Fitness for Life HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 210 History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport HPE 220 Motor Learning HPE 223 Team Sports HPE 231 Individual and Dual Sports HPE 232 Dance HPE 254 Introduction to Development/ Adaptive Physical Education HPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPE 355 Tests and Measurement HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Jnjuries BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education Students interested in this program should consult with the Department Chair for individual program planning. Minor HPE 101,115,210 223,231,232,351. There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools. Coaching Endorsement (not a major) HPE 310 Psychology of Sport HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 486 Organization and Administration of Coaching HPE 489 Practicum One course from: HPE 476 Coaching of Football HPE 477 Coaching of Basketball HPE 478 Coaching of Hockey HPE 479 Coaching of Track and Field HPE 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball HPE 483 Coaching of Volleyball HPE 487 Coaching of Wrestling (Interim only) Internship in Athletic Training BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 350 KineSiology HPE 351 Physiolggy of Exercise HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries And advanced athletic training (ACTC schools) Also required: 1500 hours of practical experience under the direction of a Certified Athletic Trainer. Health and Physical Education 1 HEALTH EDUCATION HPE 110 Personal and Community Health Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. HPE 114 Health and Safety Education (.5 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. HPE 115 HPE 116 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services. Health Concepts for Educators (.5 course) A course to prepare future teachers for their role in the school health program. Includes common childhood health problems with an emphasis on prevention. HPE 199 1 HPE 216 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career alternatives. Students should consult with the departmentalIntemship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Human Sexuality A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human sexuality. Open to all students. HPE 254 Introduction to DevelopmentalIAdapted Physicat Education (.5 course) A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from early childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. HPE 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. HPE 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: HPE 110) HPE 355 Tests and Measurement (.5 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. HPE 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the stude